Home

1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual - Han-soft

1. See also the TextPosition property e TextAlignment TTextAlignment Current value of the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the value of the TextAlignment of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter It determines the horizontal alignment the human readable text within the barcode symbol This field can have one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit o taLeft Aligns the human readable text to the left within the barcode symbol See diagram TTT TTT VOITIT FOOTY IMMA szsssresoxe I 122167 TextPosition TextPosition TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taCenter Centers the human readable text horizontally within the barcode symbol See diagram 88 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 123456789012 in il il IMM LESTE sition TextPosition aren ore an tpBottomIn tpBottomOut bi 123456789012 TextPosition For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode
2. See diagram Input Height c Height 77 F Ai F Height Angle Output z g ze Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to DrawToSize2 and the parameters Module Height Angle HDPI and VDPI are required B 1 8 3 DrawToSize Syntax 3 Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of a rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom function DrawToSize var TotalWidth TotalHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer Canvas TCanvas Data AnsiString AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 0 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description The method returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by parameters of this method in logical dots or pixels Parameters e TotalWidth Integer Returns the horizontal width of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal
3. If the TextAlignment property is set to taJustify or taJustifyQuietZone it is the same as using the tpTopOut F o rTBarcodeiD_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 TBarcode1D_PLANET TBarcode1D_PostNet TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_KIX4S TBarcode1D_RM4SCC TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack TBarcode1D_PostBar and TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode components it is the same as using the tpTopOut For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_EAN5 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom it is the same as using the tpTopOut e tpTopOut Justifies the human readable text to the top in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be erased See diagram 23456789012 TextAlignmen il t Textalignt iment ini Textdlignme t taLeft taLeftQuietZone a taRight taRightQuietZone taju Pi era atzo one tpBottomin Justifies the human readable text to the bottom in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be reserved See diagram wm eee IU ta PH aly Oih etzone idine se en enterQuia etZone tal Riga HE A e If the TextAlignment property is set to taJustify or taJustifyQuietZ
4. Syntax 1 Returns the actual print horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by the properties of this barcode component Syntax 2 Returns the actual print horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Barcode parameter It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the PrintSize Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you enco
5. Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CheckMethod CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode DrawTo DrawToSize Mod11Weighting BarColor Print PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked 63 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 37 TBarcode1D_OneCode I tte fey The component is used to create the OneCode barcode symbol It s defined in the pOneCode unit 0 704 987654321 654321 123456789 The OneCode barcode symbology is also known as Intelligent Mail barcode IMB 4 State Barcode USPS OneCode Solution or USPS 4 State Customer Barcode abbreviated 4CB 4 CB or USPS4CB It is a 65 bar code for use or mail in the United States It combines routing ZIP Code information and tracking information into a single 4 state code It effectively encodes data from POSTNET and PLANET barcodes into a single barcode while providing a greater range of tracking data The hope is that it may provide information and benefits to both mailers and postal officials Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed 20 25 29 or 31 characters e Code t
6. Read the End User License Agreement You must accept the terms of this agreement before continuing with the installation And then click on the Next button Specify a target folder it will be created if does not exist the components package will be installed into it And then click on the Next button All supported Delphi and C Builder IDEs will be listed automatically according on the existing IDEs in your computer Please select the IDEs you want to install to them And then click on the Next button Note The Delphi 3 4 5 6 7 2005 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder 4 5 6 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle are supported now The Delph 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle are listed as RAD Studio Delphi amp C Builder 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle Specify a shortcuts folder in Start Menu for the components package And then click on the Next button Later you can open the manual or remove the components package in the shortcuts folder Click on the Install button to complete the components package installation 8 9 Click on the Finish button to close the installation dialog box You can start your IDE to use the components package
7. SIFDEF DELPHI_7 AND UPPER TFrameChars A D SELSE TFrameChars string SENDIF property StopCode TFrameChars Description Specifies the stop code for the Codabar barcode symbol to mark the end of the barcode It s valid only for the TBarcode1D_Codabar component This property can be one of alphabet characters A B C D and in some specifications they are named E N asterisk and T They are defined in the pCodabar unit Note Only one of upper case alphabet characters A B C D is allowed For Delphi 7 or upper C Builder 2006 or upper the ERangeError exception will occur if the value of the property is not from A to D the exception will be suppress if you close the Range checking in project options For Delphi 6 or lower C Builder 6 or lower operation will be ignored if you set the property to other character or characters string A 1 55 Stretch Specifies whether to reduce stretch the barcode symbol to specified size Syntax property Stretch Boolean Description The property specifies whether to reduce stretch the barcode symbol to fit the size specified by BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight properties e If the property is set to false the barcode symbol will not be reduced stretched The values of BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight properties will be ignored The barcode symbol width will be calculated based on the Module property value The barcode symbol height will be calculated based on th
8. Syntax property SplitText Boolean Description The property determines whether to split the human readable text base on data fields Set the property to true to insert space characters between all data fields in the human readable text This property is useful only for TBarcodeiD PostBar TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_JapanPost TBarcode1D_UPU TBarcode1D _Leitcode and TBarcode1D_Identcode barcode components For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it isn t a boolean property see also the SplitText property of TBarcode1D_OneCode 131 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual component A 1 52 SplitText TBarcode1D_OneCode Determines how to split the human readable text of OneCode barcode symbology base on data fields Syntax type Defined in the pOneCode unit TOneCodeSplitTextMode stmNone stmMID6SN9 stmMID9SN6 property SplitText TOneCodeSplitTextMode Description The property determines how to split the human readable text of OneCode barcode symbology base on data fields It can be one of these values defined in the pOneCode unit e stmNone Don t insert space characters between all data fields in the human readable text e stmMID6SN9 Insert space characters between all data fields in the human readable text the mailer or customer identifier field is 6 digit number and the serial or sequence number field is 9 digit number e stmMID9SNE Insert space characters between all d
9. e AutoCheckDigit e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi e The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 3 TBarcode1D_BC412 PAT AA UAT MER OIML MOL OAO OIIO LIEM LUNIN The component is used to create the BC412 barcode symbol It s defined in the pBC412 A B c i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 unit The BC412 barcode symbology was developed by Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International SEMI in 1993 The relatively new BC412 barcode was developed by Computer Identics and IBM in 1988 Used to mark the serial numbers on semiconductor wafers It s a single width barcode Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ e Length Variable e Code type Clocked 1D Discrete 23 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e AutoCheckDigit e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode
10. 2 with TfrxPictureView frxReportl FindObject Picturel Picture Bitmap do begin BarcodelD Code391 DrawToSize BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Canvas Width BarcodeWidth Height 100 BarcodelD Code391 DrawTo Canvas 0 0 end Note if you use old FastReport 2 x please use the OnBeginBand event 3 5 How to use the barcode components with ReportBuilder Usage 12 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 1 2 Edit your report put a Tpplmage control to your report in order to present the barcode symbol Put a TBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form that the TppReport component is in it Also put a TDBBarcode1D component to the form and link the TBarcode1D component to the TDBBarcode1D component if the database support is required Create the OnBeforePrint event function for the TppReport component In the event function change the properties of the TBarcode1D component such as Barcode Module and Ratio and adjust the bitmap size of the Tpplmage control in order to accommodate entire barcode symbol then use the DrawTo method of the TBarcode1D component to draw the barcode symbol to the Tpplmage control For example var BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer begin BarcodelD Code391 Barcode 1235678 BarcodelD Code391 Module 2 with ppReportlImagel Picture Bitmap do begi
11. RightQuietText_Height Integer For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom it is the height of the right quiet zone mark in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print Otherwise it s zero See diagram 1 ll M Berens elk Symbol_Width Integer It s the total width of the barcode symbol in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print The human readable text will not be consulted F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the LeftQuietZone_Width and the 91 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual RightQuietZone_Width width of left and right quiet zone marks andLeftQuietZone_Spacing and RightQuietZone_Spacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcodei1D_ITF16 bar
12. Syntax type Defined in the pITF6 and pITF14 units TBearerBars bbFourSides bbTopBottom property BearerBars TBearerBars Description The ITF 6 ITF 14 or ITF 16 barcode often employ a bearer bar around the code to protect the symbol from excessive plate squash The property specifies how to represent the the bearer bar This property is useful only for TBarcode1D_ITF6 the TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components It can be one of these values defined in the pITF6 and pITF14 units e bbFourSides A bearer box is represented e bbTopBottom Only the top and bottom bearer bars are represented See diagram 12345678 91234 3 1 23 45678 91234 3 BearerBars bbFourSides BearerBars bbTopBottom A 1 8 BearerWidth TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 Specifies the bearer bar width in modules Syntax property BearerWidth Integer Description The ITF 6 ITF 14 or ITF 16 barcode often employ a bearer bar around the code to protect the symbol from excessive plate squash The property specifies the bearer bar width in pixels This property is useful only for TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components See diagram BearerWidth 1 23 45678 91234 3 109 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 9 Bidirectional TBarcode1D_Plessey Indicates the TBarcode1D_Plessey component to create the bidirection plessey barcode symbol Synta
13. or TQRGzlmage control to your report Set the Image property of the TBarcode1D barcode component to the Tlmage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control The data in the data field will be represented as a barcode symbol in your Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control You can use the Print method of the TBarcode1D component to print the barcode symbol to paper or use the DrawTo method of the TBarcode1D component to draw the barcode symbol to any TCanvas Also you can use the SaveToFile method of the Timage control that is linked to the TBarcode1D barcode component to save the barcode symbol as a picture file Note You can link multiple TBarcode1D components to a data field in order to represent the data field with multiple barcode symbols 3 3 How to use the barcode components with QuickReport Usage 1 Put a TBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form Also put a TDBBarcode1D component to the form and link the TBarcode1D component to the TDBBarcode1D component if the database support is required 2 Put a TQRimage or TQRGzlmage control to your report 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 3 Set the Image property of the barcode component to the TQRimage or TQRGzimage control You can link single TQRIimage or TQRGzimage control to multipleTBarcode1D components in order to display multiple barcode symbols in the TQRlmage or TQRGzlmage control using
14. 90 The component is used to create the Code 25 Datalogic barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode25Dat unit The Code 25 Datalogic barcode symbology is also known as China Postal code etc It is a higher density variable length numeric only barcode symbology based upon the Code 25 Matrix barcode symbology It is used primarily for China postal 30 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi iaa The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 10 TBarcode1D_Code25Industrial The component is used to create the Code 25 Industrial barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode25Ind unit The Code 25 Industrial barcode symbology is also known as Industr
15. BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer Scale Integer begin BarcodelD Code391 Barcode 1235678 BarcodelD Code391 Module 2 with RvProjectl ProjMan do begin RvReport FindRaveComponent Reportl nil as TRaveReport RvPage FindRaveComponent Pagel RvReport as TRavePage RvBitmap FindRaveComponent Bitmapl RvPage as TRaveBitmap 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual end TmpBitmap TBitmap Create try BarcodelD Code391 DrawToSize BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight TmpBitmap Canvas TmpBitmap Width BarcodeWidth TmpBitmap Height BarcodeHeight Scale 72 RvBitmap Width RvReport XI2U BarcodeWidth Scale RvBitmap Height RvReport YI2U BarcodeHeight Scale RvBitmap MatchSide msBoth BarcodelD Code391 DrawTo TmpBitmap Canvas 0 0 RvBitmap Image Assign TmpBitmap finally TmpBitmap Free end 3 8 How to print a barcode symbol to paper Please use the Print method of the barcode component to print the barcode symbol to paper The Tlmage control isn t required For example var TextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine begin Printer BeginDoc Print other content Fonti TFont Create try Font1 Name Comic Sans MS Fontl Size 9 TextDefine DisplayText dtBarcode TextDefine TextPosition tpBottomOut TextDefine TextAlignment taJustify TextDefine TextFont Fontl TextDefine ExtraFontSi
16. o dtsClean Occurs before erasing the background for human readable text o dtsPrint Occurs before drawing printing the human readable text BarcodeParameters TBarcodeCustomParameters It contains fields to specify the parameters e g position size etc for the barcode symbol It is defined in the pBarcode1D unit If the Step parameter is dtsPrepare you can change the values of Text TextFont TextPosition and TextAlignment fields all changes to other fields will be ignored The human readable text will not be displayed if you change the Text field to empty string If the Step parameter is dtsClear or dtsPrint all changes to the parameter will be ignored The Orgin field is only available when Step parameter is dtsClear or dtsPrint For the values of Symbol_V_Offset Symbol_H_Offset Total Width and Total Height fields the human readable text aren t consulted if the Step parameter is dtsPrepare See also the TBarcodeCustomParameters record Continue Boolean Indicates whether the human readable text should continue with the default painting after the event handler exits Set Continue to false to prevent the drawing of the human readable text after event handler exits If Continue remains set to true the human readable text continues with the default painting process LeftTop TPoint The Point of the upper left corner of the human readable text area before the barcode symbol is rotated in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print It is only av
17. 1 e If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 e f there is any invalid character in the Barcode string the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram Module Ratio Modu Note The overloading method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 161 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual B 1 8 DrawToSize Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of a rotated barcode symbol in pixels There are several different overloading methods Syntax 1 Syntax 2 and Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later e Syntax 1 Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by the properties of this barcode component Syntax 2 Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Barcode parameter It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact a AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encodi
18. Barcodewidth BV BarcodeWidth z H Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to PrintSize1 and the parameters Module BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Angle HDPI and VDPI are required B 1 10 2 PrintSize Syntax 2 Returns actual size of a rotated barcode symbol in millimeters The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorel1D unit TBarcodeTextDefine record DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer end function PrintSize var TotalWidth TotalHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Double Barcode string AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Double 0 183 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual BarcodeWidth Double 0 BarcodeHeight Double 0 Angle Integer 0 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description The method returns the actual size of a rotated barcode symbol that is specified by parameters of this method in millimeter Note if the Display field of BarcodeTextDefine parameter isn t set to dtNone pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods and the printer must be connected to your computer Parameters TotalWidth Double Returns the horizontal width of the rotated
19. Draw DrawTo or dots Print If the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing property are included in the barcode symbol For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property See diagram Total_Top WOE ggg COT gy 2h 123456 Total_Width Integer It s the width of entire barcode symbol before the barcode symbol is rotated in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom LeftQuietZone_Width and RightQuietZone_Width width of left and right quiet zone marks andLeftQuietZone_Spacing and RightQuietZone_Spacing are included F or TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1
20. If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 1 if the Angle is not provided and the barcode symbol will be rotated base on the value of the Orientation property o boLeftRight 0 degrees o boRightLeft 180 degrees o boTopBottom 270 degrees o boBottomTop 90 degrees If you want to use the 1 degrees the 359 degrees can be used instead Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the length of the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property is invalid the return value is 1 Corresponding to the OnlInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur e If there is any invalid character in the the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the invalid
21. If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property Data AnsiString Specifies the barcode text It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the DrawTo Syntax 2 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter
22. Note the event function is required only when you encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol For the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later if you use the Data property to encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol it occurs when the value of Data property is changed and the component is updating its barcode symbol or one of the Clear Draw Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Also it occurs when one of the DrawTo Syntax 3 DrawToSize Syntax 3 Print Syntax 3 PrintSize Syntax 3 method is called Syntax type Defined in the pCodel28 unit TOnDecodeText procedure Sender TObject var BarcodeText string Data AnsiString of object property OnDecodeText TOnDecodeText Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called e BarcodeText String The text that s decoded from the block of binary bytes data should be returned in the parameter It will be output as the barcode text in the barcode symbol if the DisplayText property is not set to dtNone By default the block of binary bytes data will be as the barcode text directly For the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it will be converted to the UNICODE string firstly e Data AnsiString Its is the block of binary bytes data For Delphi C Bilder 2007 or early If the Barcode property is changed or one of the Clear Draw Size DrawTo Syn
23. See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record 178 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Double Specifies the module width in millimeters it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the BarcodeWidth parameter is greater than zero the value in the Module will be ignored the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth parameter If both Module and BarcodeWidth parameters are less than or equal to zero the BarcodeHeight parameter must be set to greater than zero the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeHeight parameter and the Height property See also the Module property Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 0 if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction BarcodeWidth Double Specifies the barcode symbol width before rotation in millimeters If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in the width value F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarc
24. TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Integer Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property Canvas TCanvas Specifies target canvas that the barcode symbol will be represented in it If the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone the parameter is required in order to calculate the width of human readable text Otherwise it will be ignored so you can set it to nil Barcode String Specifies the barcode text It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007
25. e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked ni 4 1 13 TBarcode1D_Code25Matrix Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 34 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 123456789 0 The component is used to create the Code 25 Matrix barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode25Mat unit The Code 25 Matrix barcode symbology is also known as Matrix 2 of 5 2 of 5 Matrix 2 5 Matrix etc It is a higher density variable length numeric only barcode symbology based upon the Code 25 Industrial barcode symbology It is used primarily for warehouse sorting photo finishing and airline ticket marking Technical Details Characters set 0123456789 Length Variable Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods e Image e Create e Barcode e Destroy e Data e Assign e Module e Clear e Height e Draw e Ratio e Size e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosi
26. e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size OnDrawText e BarColors e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi i The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 41 TBarcode1D_Planet Ill l Hull Ih lih Hulls Muth lih hull hll The component is used to create the Postal Alpha Numeric Encoding Technique PLANET barcode symbol It s defined in the pPLANET unit The Postal Alpha Numeric Encoding Technique PLANET barcode symbology is used by the United States Postal Service to identify and track pieces of mail during delivery the Post Office s CONFIRM services The PLANET barcode is either 12 or 14 digits long The first two digits of the barcode identify the particular Confirm service you are using including the Destination Confirm and the Origin Confirm For the Origin Confirm barcode the next is the Customer ID it is a 9 or 11 digit ID defined by the mailer and is used to identify the mailpiece For the Destination Confirm barcode the next is a Subscriber ID and a Mailing ID The Subscriber ID is an unique 5 digit ID assigned by the Postal Service to ide
27. e You are entitled to free upgrades during 1 year since the date of your purchase This includes both major and minor upgrades in appropriate time period It means that during one year you can download and install the latest versions of the software from our site e You will be entitled to a 50 discount for all future major upgrades if you purchased the software more than one year ago and allow you to have free upgrades for another year e You will be always entitled to free minor upgrades for the version that is purchased 101 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e You will also have priority in technical support e Purchasing the product may also entitle you to discounts on new software releases from Han soft e Finally by purchasing the software you provide us with the resources and incentive to support the software with updates and to develop additional quality products in the future How to purchase You can purchase the 1D Barcode VCL Components by using following steps 1 Please open the Purchase web page of our web site http www han soft com 2 In the Purchase web page choose the license type and open the order form web page Fill in the information on the web page and choose from the available ordering options that best suits your needs We accept credit card orders PayPal orders orders by phone and fax checks purchase orders and wire transfers 3 Once the purchase is completed the download link of
28. property UKMode Boolean Description In other parts of the world Plessey may refer to a barcode similar to but different in detail to the code used in the UK Set the property to Ture to create the Plessey barcode symbol in UK United Kingdom mode This property is useful only for the TBarcode1D_Plessey component TDBBarcode1D A 2 1 Barcode1D Links a TBarcode1D component to the TDBBarcode1D component in order to represent the barcode symbol from a data field of the current record of a dataset Syntax property BarcodelD TBarcodel1D Description Use the Barcode1D property to specify a TBarcode1D component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 the TBarcode1D_EAN13 and the TBarcode1D_ITF 14 It will represent the barcode symbol from a data field specified by the DataField property of the TDBBarcode1D 142 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual component of the current record of a dataset specified by the DataSource property of the TDBBarcode1D component to a Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control that s specified by the Image property of the TBarcode1D component For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early when a TBarcode1D barcode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component except TBarcode1D_FIM TBarcode1D_Patch and TBarcode1D_OneCode components the data field value will be applied to its Barcode property If a TBarcode1D_FIM component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component The first character of the data field value wil
29. the return value is 1 Corresponding to the OnlInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur If all of the Module BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight parameters are less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If there is any invalid character in the the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the invalid character in the Tracking property the index is from 1 to 20 including 1 and 20 if it is in the Routing property the value starts with 21 First character of the Routing property Note Pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods For example Printer BeginDoc Print other content BarcodelD Code391 Printi lt Print the barcode f Print other content 173 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Printer EndDoc See diagram Top g sSircodeHeight BarcodeWidth f m 131235 BarcodeWidth Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to Print1 and the parameters Module BarcodeWidth B
30. 10 calculation to the string to be encoded e cmMod1110 Same as Mod 1010 but the first calculation should be a Mod 11 Check digit A 1 13 CheckStart TBarcode1D_EAN128 Specifies the start position of the barcode piece which will be used to calculate the check digit in an EAN 128 barcode symbol Syntax property CheckStart Integer Description In the EAN 128 barcode symbology an extra check digit is required for some Al fields you can set the AutoCheckDigit property to true to automatically calculate the check digit The CheckStart property specifies the start index of the barcode piece which will be used to calculate the check digit in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property 111 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Note if an EAN 128 barcode contains more than one type of information CheckStart and CheckLength properties will only work for last data field For the CheckStart property the index of first Al s first character is 1 A 1 14 CurrentChannel TBarcode1D_Channel Contains the factual channel number of a Channel code barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pChannel unit TChannel Byte property CurrentChannel TChannel Description Read the property to retrieve the factual channel number of a Channel code barcode symbol It can be one of values from 3 to 8 denotations the factual channel of a Channel code barcode symbol If the Channel property is
31. 24 30 34 40 44 50 54 60 64 70 74 80 84 and 90_94 The valid field values are 00 10 20 30 40 and 50 Service Type Identifier This shall be assigned by USPS for any combination of services requested on the mailpiece The allowable encoding range shall be 000 999 Each 3 digit value shall correspond to a particular mail class with a particular combination of service s Each service program such as OneCode Confirm and OneCode ACS shall provide the list of Service Type Identifier values The valid field values when no services are requested are 700 702 704 706 708 710 and 712 now Mailer Identifier The shall be assigned by USPS as a unique 6 or 9 digit number that identifies a business entity The allowable encoding range for the 6 digit Mailer Identifier shall be 000000 899999 while the allowable encoding range for the 9 digit Mailer Identifier shall be 900000000 999999999 Serial Number This shall be assigned by the mailer for uniquely identifying and tracking mailpieces The allowable encoding range shall be 000000000 999999999 when used with a 6 digit Mailer Identifier and 000000 999999 when used with a 9 digit Mailer Identifier For each of the fields in the list leading or trailing zeros shall be provided to achieve the correct size Example 10702123456789123456 20704987654321654321 A 1 65 UKMode TBarcode1D_Plessey Specifies whether to create the Plessey barcode symbol in UK United Kingdom mode Syntax
32. 3 to the current document e 4 Create the Patch Type 4 Toggle Patch The Patch Type 4 is used by the host for post scan image control for the i800 i1800 with image addressing Series Scanners they are not used for image addressing The Toggle Patch is used to switch back and forth from bi tonal and color grayscale scanning for the i280 3590C i600 i800 and i1800 without image addressing Series Scanners This provides Color on the Fly during capture with no need for post scan processing by the host application e 6 Creates the Patch Type 6 It can be used for by the host for post scan image control for the i800 i1800 with image addressing Series Scanners they are not used for image addressing e T Creates the Patch T Transfer Patch It can be used to assigns a predefined image level to the next document The predefined image level is based upon the transfer patch definition which is defined for each application For example if the transfer patch definition is image level 2 then use of a transfer patch assigns image level 2 to the next document Note Only one of characters 1 2 3 4 5 and T is allowed an OnInvalidChar event will occur if you set the property to other character and an OnlnvalidLength event will occur if you set the property to 2 or more characters or set it to empty A 1 43 Ratio Specifies the bar space width ratio for barcode symbol Syntax property Ratio Double Description Specifies ratio betw
33. 4 character if it is necessary to change character subset for the following data character Subsequent data characters revert to the standard ASCII character set If two consecutive FNC4 characters are used all following data characters are extended ASCII characters until two further consecutive FNC4 characters are encountered or the end of the symbol is reached If during this sequence of extended encodation a single FNC4 character is encountered it is used to revert to standard ASCII encodation for the next data character only SHIFT and character subset characters shall have their normal effect during such a sequence Please use the escape sequence 4 to place the symbol to barcode text Note you can manually switch the character subset by using the CODE A CODE B CODE C and SHIFT function symbols even if the EncodeMode property is set to cemAuto Also you can manual insert the FNC4 symbol to encode the extended ASCII characters even if the EncodeMode property is set to cemAuto A 1 19 ExtraChar TBarcode1D_Telepen Use the property to automatically insert the extra characters to the Telepen symbols Syntax type Defined in the pTelepen unit TTelepenExtraChar tecNone tecESC tecSIS0O property ExtraChar TTelepenExtraChar Description Some Telepen symbologies require the first character after start code be an ASCII Shift In character and the last character before stop code to be a Shift Out c
34. Also you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the PrintSize Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you encode a block of binary bytes data please use the PrintSize Syntax 3 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also
35. BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom for TBarcode1D_EAN2 90 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcode1D_EAN5 and TBarcode1D_EANB8 barcode components the ShowQuietZoneMark property is set to true too it is the horizontal spacing between the last bar of barcode symbol and the right quiet zone mark in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print Otherwise it s zero See also the RightQuietZoneSpacing property See diagram RightQuietZone_Sapcing ALL 324327 LeftQuietZone_Width Integer ForTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcodeiD_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom for the TBarcode1D_EAN8 barcode component the ShowQuietZoneMark property is set to true too it is the total width of left quiet zone mark and left quiet zone spacing in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components it s the total width of the bearer bar BearerWidth and left spacing LeftSpacing Otherwise it s zero See diagram LeftQuietZone_Wwidth cr width 0 RightQuietZone_Width Integer For
36. Canvas parameter is set to nil if both HDPI and VDPI are set to 0 it indicates the horizontal resolution is equal to the 170 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual vertical resolution Return If the method succeeds the return value is zero If the Barcode string length is invalid the return value is 1 If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If there is any invalid character in the Barcode string the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram Input iii UY Height cc Height 7 I F F ZAA a g E Note The overloading method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later B 1 9 Print Prints specified barcode symbol to printer There are several different overloading methods Syntax 1 Syntax 2 and Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later Syntax 1 Prints the barcode symbol that is specified in the properties of this barcode component Syntax 2 Prints the barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Barcode parameter It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead
37. Integer Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 1 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description On the specified canvas draws current barcode symbol that is specified in the properties of this barcode component Parameters Canvas TCanvas Specifies target canvas to represent the barcode symbol in it Left Integer Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the left side of the canvas in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right 154 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the LeftMargin property Top Integer Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the top side of the c
38. Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 0 if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction HDPI Integer Specifies the physical horizontal resolution of printer in DPI dots per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the horizontal resolution will be obtained from your printer VDPI Integer Specifies the physical vertical resolution of printer in DPI dots per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the vertical resolution will be obtained from your printer Return If the method succeeds the return value is zero If the string length of Barcode parameter is invalid the return value is 1 If all of the Module BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight parameters are less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If there is any invalid character in the Barcode parameter the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram 189 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Input BarcodeHeight lj a BarcodeHeight m323100 W323i Oo I jl Ii BarcodeHeight ji Aaa 1234567890 787302 095293 BarcodeWidth Barcode
39. OnDrawText CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode DrawTo DrawToSize Print PrintSize The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 49 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Iil The component is used to create the EAN 8 barcode symbol It s defined in the pEAN8 unit lt 1234 56 gt The EAN 8 barcode symbology is also known as European Article Number 8 EAN8 UPC 8 GTIN 8 GS1 8 EAN UCC 8 etc It is a shortened version of the EAN 13 code that is intended to be used on packaging which would be otherwise too small to use one of the other versions EAN 8 barcodes may be used to encode GTIN 8s which are another set of product identifiers from the GS1 System The value to encode by EAN 8 has the following structure 70 1 2 or 3 digits for GS1 prefix 2 5 or 4 digits for Item reference element depending on the length of the GS1 prefix 3 1 digit for checksum An EAN 2 or an EAN 5 barcode may be added for a total of 10 or 13 data digits The EAN 8 barcode symbol can be used together with a 3 column CC A or a 3 column CC B 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the component can be used as the value of the Liner property of the CC A or CC B 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case only theBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoChe
40. See also the TextAlignment property TextFont TFont Current value of the TextFont property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the value of the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter It specifies the font of the human readable text The color value that s specified by SpaceColor property will be used as the background color for DrawTo Syntax 1 and Print Syntax 1 methods it s the value of the SpaceColor parameter See also the TextFont property ExtraFontSize Integer Current value of the ExtraFontSize property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the value of the ExtraFontSize field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the value of TextAlignment field is equal to taCustom the parameter specifies the font size of the left quiet zone mark and the right quiet zone mark Otherwise it will be ignored The font name style and color of the left quiet zone mark and the right quiet zone mark are specified by the TextFont property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the value of the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter The color value that s specified by the SpaceColor property will be used as the backgrou
41. TPoint Offset TPoint DensityRate Double FullEncoded string 195 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Text string DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer LeftQuietZone Spacing Integer RightQuietZone Spacing Integer LeftQuietZone Width Integer RightQuietZone Width Integer LeftQuietText Height Integer RightQuietText Height Integer Symbol Width Integer Symbol Height Integer Symbol V Offset Integer Symbol H Offset Integer Total Left Integer Total Top Integer Total Width Integer Total Height Integer end Defined in the pCorelD unit TDrawTextStep dtsPrepare dtsClean dtsPrint Defined in the pBarcodelD unit TOnDrawText procedure Sender TObject Canvas TCanvas Step TDrawTextStep var BarcodeParameters TBarcodeCustomParameters var Continue Boolean var LeftTop RightBottom TPoint var PDx PInteger of object property OnDrawText TOnDrawText Parameters Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called Canvas TCanvas The target canvas the human readable text will be represented in it Step TDrawTextStep Determine when an OnDrawText event occurs It can have one of following values defined in the pCore1D unit o dtsPrepare Occurs before calculate the position and size of the human readable text You can customizate the human readable text in this step
42. TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked 4 2 TBarcodeCustomParameters It contains fields to specify the parameters e g position size etc for the barcode symbol It is defined in the pBarcode1D unit The record is used in the OnDrawBarcode and OnDrawText events Syntax type Defined in the pCorel1D unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Events OnChange OnInvalidChar OnInvalidLength OnInvalidDataChar OnInvalidDataLength OnDrawText OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 85 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Fi Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom Defined in the pBarcodel1D unit TBarcodeCustomParameters record Alpha Double Origin TPoint Offset TPoint DensityRate Double FullEncoded string Text String DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer LeftQuietZone Spacing Integer RightQuietZone Spacing Integer LeftQuietZone Width Integer RightQuietZone Width Integer LeftQuietText Height Integer RightQuietText Height Integer Symbol
43. Width Integer Symbol Height Integer Symbol _ V_ Offset Integer Symbol_H Offset Integer Total _ Left Integer Total Top Integer Total Width Integer Total Height Integer end elds e Alpha Double The angle in radian that the barcode symbol will be rotated See diageam e Origin TPoint The coordinate of the upper left corner of the barcode symbol after the barcode symbol is rotated The X value is in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction The Y value is in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction See diageam rx Qo x a a g a ira 6 e Offset TPoint ForTBarcode1D UPCE TBarcode1D UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_EAN8 TBarcode1D_EAN13 or TBarcodeiD_EAN128 barcode components if it is used as the liner component in the EAN UCC composite barcode symbols if you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package it is used as the value of Liner property of the CC A CC B or CC C 2D barcode component the value of this field is the coordinate offset in logical pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print in the horizontal direction for the upper left corner of the barcode symbol The offset is relative to the upper left corner of entire EAN UCC composite barcode symbol For other barcode symbols the value of this field is 0 0 See diageam 86 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual DensityRate Double It is the ratio of the horizontal logical DPI and veritical logical
44. always even if the property is set to false For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components the left quiet zone mark number system character or prefix digit and right quiet zone mark symbol check character are displayed always so the property does not be provided for these components A 1 50 SpaceColor Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol Syntax property SpaceColor TColor Description Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol By default it s clWhite If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont property For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components the left spacing and the right spacing will be represented using the color For TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodei1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the property specify the background color for entire barcode symbol A 1 51 SplitText TBarcode1D_PostBar TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_ITF14 etc Determines whether to split the human readable text base on data fields
45. and the parameters Module Height Angle HDPI and VDPI are required B 1 7 3 DrawTo Syntax 3 Draws a barcode symbol on the specified canvas The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom function DrawTo Canvas TCanvas Left Top Integer Data AnsiString AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarColor SpaceColor TColor BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 0 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description On the specified canvas draws a barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method Parameters e Canvas TCanvas Specifies target canvas to represent the barcode symbol in it e Left Integer Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the left side of the canvas in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarc
46. application identifier 3 Data First data field Its meaning and format are identified by first Al 4 FNC 1 Function Character 1 in Code 128 symbology It need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it is not represented in the human readable text 5 Al Second application identifier 6 Data Second data field Its meaning and format are identified by second Al 7 Code 128 check digit Check digit in Code 128 symbology It does not need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically calculated even if the AutpCheckDigit property is set to false Note the CheckStart and the CheckLength properties only work for last data field For the CheckStart property the index of first Al s first character is 1 See also the TBarcode1D_Code128 component The EAN128 barcode symbol can be used together with a 4 column CC A a 4 column CC B or a CC C 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the component together with theCC A CC B or CC C 2D barcode component that s in our 2D Barcode VCL Components package it can be used as the Liner property s value of the CC A CC B or CC C 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case only theBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoCheckDigit CheckStart CheckLength InitialSubSet Height DisplayText TextPosition T
47. barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too TotalHeight Double Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode sy
48. barcode symbol is rotated in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is 92 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom LeftQuietZone_Width and RightQuietZone_Width width of left and right quiet zone marks andLeftQuietZone_Spacing and RightQuietZone_Spacing are included in the barcode symbol F or TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components LeftQuietZone_Width and RightQuietZone_Width width of the left and right bearer bars left spacing and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the LeftMargin property See diagram Ty 123456 evga 00214 312432 123456 MA INON 2112345 Total_Left Total_Top Integer It s the y coordinate of the upper left corner of entire barcode symbol before the barcode symbol is rotated in pixels
49. calculated based on the BarcodeWidth parameter If both Module and BarcodeWidth parameters are less than or equal to zero the BarcodeHeight parameter must be set to greater than zero the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeHeight parameter and the Height property See also the Module property 172 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 1 if the Angle is not provided and the barcode symbol will be rotated base on the value of the Orientation property o boLeftRight 0 degrees o boRightLeft 180 degrees o boTopBottom 270 degrees o boBottomTop 90 degrees If you want to use the 1 degrees the 359 degrees can be used instead BarcodeWidth Double Specifies the barcode symbol width before rotation in millimeters If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in the width value F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of lef
50. e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e AutoCheckDigit e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 47 TBarcode1D_Telepen The Telepen barcode symbology is also known as Telepen Barcode Telepen Numeric Telepen Full ASCII SB Electronic Systems Barcode etc It can be used to represent the full range of ASCII characters ASCII 00 ASCII 127 It can also be used to represent numeric data in double density mode Telepen systems have been implemented in many countries and very widely in the UK Most Universities and other academic libraries use Telepen as do many public libraries There are 3 encode modes for the Telepen system The component is used to create the Telepen barcode symbol including the Telepen ASCII Telepen Numeric and Telepen Full ASCII It s defined in the pTelepen unit e Full ASCII mode Encodes all ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 e Numeric mode Encodes numeric data in double density mode An ASCII 16 ch
51. first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram Input I BarcodeHeight l g BarcodeHeight m3230 mm NSU Dedman Bai IM TMNT 222 2132 eacodemat BarcodeWidth BarcodeWidth Output 5 S ex ys Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to PrintSize2 and the parameters Module BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Angle HDPI and VDPI are required 186 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual B 1 10 3 PrintSize Syntax 3 Returns actual size of a rotated barcode symbol in millimeters The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorel1D unit TBarcodeTextDefine record DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer end function PrintSize var TotalWidth TotalHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Double Data AnsiString AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Double 0 BarcodeWidth Double 0 BarcodeHeight Double 0 Angle Integer 0 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description The method returns the actual size of a rotated barcode symbol that is specified by param
52. full version and the license key will be sent instantaneously to your email address If you do not receive your download link and license key within a few minutes please check your SPAM filter inbox Important When completing the order form please double check that your email address is correct If it is not you will be unable to receive the download link and the license key 6 3 Contact us Contact us if you have any questions comments or suggestions Web site e Main site http www han soft com e Mirror http www han soft biz E mail e General information information han soft com e Technical support support han soft com e Sales sales han soft com e Service service han soft com e Feedback feedback han soft com e Web information webmaster han soft com 6 4 End User License Agreement This End User License Agreement EULA is a legal agreement between you either an individual or a single entity and the Han soft which includes computer software and may include associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation SOFTWARE PRODUCT By installing copying or otherwise using the SOFTWARE PRODUCT you agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA If you do not agree to the terms of this EULA do not install or use the SOFTWARE PRODUCT you may however return it to your place of purchase for a full refund 102 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual SOFTWARE PRODUCT
53. if it is in the Routing property the value starts with 21 First character of the Routing property See diagram Module Top Left Height Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to DrawTo1 and the parameters Module Height Angle HDPI and VDPI are required B 1 7 2 DrawTo Syntax 2 Draws a barcode symbol on the specified canvas The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom function DrawTo Canvas TCanvas Left Top Integer Barcode string AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarColor SpaceColor TColor BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 0 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description On the specified canvas draws a barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method Parameters e Canvas TCanvas Specifies target canvas to represent the barcode symbol in it e Left Integer Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the left side of th
54. in the OnEncode event or use the DrawTo Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the DrawTo Syntax 3 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Barcode property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarColor TColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol See also the BarColor property 157 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual SpaceColor TColor Specifies the color for al
55. is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars are included too If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero it will be calculated based on the values of Module parameter and the Height property If the parameter is provided and it is not set to zero the value of Height property will be ignored If it s greater than zero it specifies the height in millimeters If it s less than zero the absolute value of the parameter specifies the height in modules Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 1 if the Angle is not provided and the barcode symbol will be rotated base on the value of the Orientation property o boLeftRight 0 degrees o boRightLeft 180 degrees o boTopBottom 270 degrees o boBottomTop 90 degrees If you want to use the 1 degrees the 359 degrees can be used instead HDPI Integer Specifies the physical horizontal resolution of printer in DPI dots per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the horizontal resolution will be obtained from your printer VDPI Integer Specifies the physical vertical resolution of printer in DPI dots per inch It d
56. left side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpTopIn or tpTopOut if the human readable text exceeds the barcode symbol in height it s the margin between the bottom of the human readable text and the left side of the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzimage control See diagram 121 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual OSbE2ZT 9SPezT LeftMargin LeftMargin LeftMargin LeftMargin e The Orientation property is set to boBottomTop It is the margin between the top of the barcode symbol and the left side of the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzImage control If the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpTopIn or tpTopOut It s the margin between the top of the human readable text and the left side of the Tlimage TQRlmage or TQRGzImage control For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components if the human readable text isn t displayed or the TextPosition property is set to the tpBottomIn or tpBottomOut it s the margin between the top bearer bar and the left side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpBottomIn or tpBottomOut if the human readable text exceeds the barcode symbol in height it s the margin between the top of the human readable text and the l
57. now Note If multi user accounts want to use the components package please install it into the same folder in each user session For Delphi XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle both 3 bit and 64 bit components are included 2 1 Registered user Installation step by step f Before installing the components package please close all Delphi and C Builder IDEs Note for each IDE if it s a clean installation please run it at least once before installing the components package then closes it and continues installation 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 2 Please uninstall the trial release using the Uninstall shortcuts in the Start Menu if it is installed in your computer 3 Please download the installation package using the download link that s sent from us after you purchase the components package If your download link doesn t work please visit the Manage your licenses page to request a new download link Please open the page then enter your order ID license user name or license e mail address to locate your order then click on the oder ID to display it choose a license and click on the Request a new download link the new download link will be sent to this license e mail address automatically 4 Run the installation file barcode1d_ful exe and then click on the Next button in the installation dialog box 5 Read the End User Licen
58. of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the Print Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the Print Syntax 3 overloading method Syntax 3 Prints the barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Data parameter It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want
59. or archival purposes Otherwise you may not copy the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in whole or in part You may not transfer your rights under this license 2 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS o Limitations on Components and Source Code You may distribute the runtime packages with your end user applications You must not distribute the library in such a way that it allows direct programmatic access to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT or such that it competes with the SOFTWARE PRODUCT in any way this library is intended for inclusion in end user products You may not publish or otherwise expose the licensed source code outside of your organization whatsoever You may modify the source code as required for your own software products but the code may only be used to produce compiled software Software built incorporating our licensed source code must not allow programmatic access to the software components or in any way compete with our software products o Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE PRODUCT except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation o Separation of Components The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed as a single product Its components parts may not be separated for use on more than one computer Software Transfer o You may permanently transfer all of your
60. or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the DrawToSize Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you encode a block of binary bytes data please use the DrawToSize Syntax 3 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single characte
61. overloading method Note For Delphi 3 the method overload isn t supported so the method names of Syntax 1 and Syntax 2 are changed to CopyToClipboard1 and CopyToClipboard2 B 1 3 1 CopyToClipboard Syntax 1 Copies a barcode symbol to the system clipboard The barcode symbol is specified in the properties of this barcode component Syntax function CopyToClipboard Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 1 Integer overload virtual Description Copies current barcode symbol that is specified in the properties of this barcode component to the system clipboard Parameters 147 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too
62. set to 0 the factual channel of Channel code symbol will be selected automatically depending on the barcode text You can read this property to get the factual channel Otherwise the value of this property is equal to the value of Channel property The property is read only A 1 15 CurrentSubSet TBarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode1D_EAN128 Contains the factual initial characters subset of a Code 128 symbol or a EAN 128 symbol Syntax type Defined in the pCodel28 unit TCode128SubSet cssSubAuto cssSubSetA cssSubSetB cssSubSetC property CurrentSubSet TCodel28SubSet Description Read the property to retrieve the factual initial characters subset of a Code 128 symbol or a EAN 128 symbol It can be one of these values cssSubSetA cssSubSetB and cssSubSetC corresponding to the initial characters subset A B and C They are defined in the pCode128 unit If the InitialSubSet property is set to cssSubAuto the initial characters subset will be selected automatically depending on the barcode text in order to minimize the symbol size It can be one of these value cssSubSetA cssSubSetB or cssSubSetC You can read this property to get the factual initial characters subset If the InitialSubSet property isn t set to cssSubAuto the value of this property is equal to the value of InitialSubSet property The property is read only See also the InitialSubSet property 112 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 16 D
63. set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property only first byte will be used For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the data field value will applied to its Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing If the BindProperty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property first 20 bytes are the tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 bytes then come the routing A 2 2 BindProperty Indicates which property of the TBarcode1D component the data field value will be applied to in order to represent the barcode symbol from a data field of the current record of a dataset Syntax type Defined in the pDBBarcodelD unit TBindProperty bpBarcode bpData property BindProperty TBindProperty Description The Barcode property of TBarcode1D component is of type string for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString In order to encode the barcode text in AnsiString format we added a Data property it is of type AnsiString When a TBarcode1D barcode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component it will represent the barcode symbol from a data field specified by the DataField property of the TDBBarcode1D component of the current record of a dataset specified by the DataSource pr
64. symbols in the Timage control using the LeftMargin and TopMargin properties to specify the position for every barcode symbol Note If the barcode symbol isn t displayed or it is wrong please check whether the length of barcode text exceeds the maximum length limit or whether there is any invalid character in the barcode text You can create the OnInvalidLength and OnlInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event handles to catch the invalid barcode length exception And create the OnInvalidChar and OnlnvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event handles to catch the invalid character in the barcode text Also please check whether the Tlmage control is large enough to accommodate entire barcode symbol 3 2 How to use the barcode components with a database Use the classic data access components such as BDE dbExpress FireDAC AnyDAC etc 1 Put aTBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form 2 Put a TDBBarcode1D component to your form 3 Set the Barcode1D property of the TDBBarcode1D component to your TBarcode1D barcode component 4 Set the DataSource property of the TDBBarcode1D component to your TDataSource component 5 Set the DataField property of the TDBBarcode1D component to a field in your dataset 6 If you use the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later Set the BindProperty property of the TDBBarcode1D component to
65. text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in logical dots or pix
66. text is encoded in UTF 8 format and the BOM is placed Data SEF SBB SBF AnsiToUTF8 Barcode end e For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later Method 1 please convert the text to your encoding scheme then assign it to the Data property of the barcode component The BOM may be placed depending on your application And then create the OnDecodeText event function in order to decode the barcode text from your encoding string and output it into the symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to true For the TBarcode1D_EAN128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to false For example The text is encoded in UTF 8 format and the BOM is placed var BarcodeText string BarcodeText i Tess BarcodelD Code1281 AutoCheckDigit True BarcodelD Codel281 Data SEF SBBH SBF UTF8Encode BarcodeText procedure TForml BarcodelD Codel281DecodeText Sender TObject var BarcodeText string Data AnsiString 17 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual begin Remove the BOM before decoding BarcodeText UTF8Decode Copy Data 4 Length Data 3 end Method 2 Please create the OnEncode event function for the barcode component In the event function you can encode the UNICODE text in your encoding scheme The BOM may be placed depending on your application For the TBarcode1D_Code128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to true For t
67. the Barcode property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Double Specifies the module width in millimeters it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the BarcodeWidth parameter is greater than zero the value in the Module will be ignored the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth parameter If both Module and BarcodeWidth parameters are less than or equal to zero the BarcodeHeight parameter must be set to greater than zero the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeHeight parameter and the Height property See also the Module property BarcodeWidth Double Specifies the barcode symbol width before rotation in millimeters If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in the width va
68. the TBarcode1D_Code128 and TBarcode1D_EAN128 components the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it A 1 17 DisplayText Specifies whether to display the human readable text and what will display as the human readable text Syntax type 113 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Defined in the pCorelD unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded property DisplayText TDisplayText Description Specifies whether to display the human readable text and what will display as the human readable text This property can be one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit dtNone Don t display the human readable text e dtBarcode Display the barcode text that is specified by the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property e dtFullEncoded Display the barcode text that is specified by the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and the check digit that s automatically appended to the barcode symbol Note For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and TBarcode1D_EAB128 components you can encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol In this case you can use the OnDecodeText event to decode the text from the block of binary bytes data in order to output it as the barcode text into the barcode symbol A 1 18 EncodeMode TBarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode1D_EAN128 Determines whet
69. the last digit of the numeric mode piece e toeToASCll It s encoded automatically inserting a DLE character ASCII 16 before the last digit of the numeric mode piece to switch to the ASCII mode Since the mode switching is permitted only once in aTelepen symbol if current numeric mode is switching from ASCII mode the 1X to 9X characters will be used instead of a switching to ASCII mode e toeUseZero It s encoded adding a 0 as the first character of the numeric mode piece A 1 40 Orientation Controls the orientation of the barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodelD unit 126 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcodeOrientation boLeftRight boRightLeft boTopBottom boBottomTop property Orientation TBarcodeOrientation Description Specifies the direction of the barcode symbol This property can be one of these values defined in the pBarcode1D unit e boLeftRight Left to right horizontal direction rotates the barcode symbol 0 degrees counter clockwise See diagram 9 87 3 lt y0SS 2345123550 gt e boRightLeft Right to left horizontal direction rotates the barcode symbol 180 degrees counter clockwise See diagram ETT Shes e boTopBottom Top to bottom vertical direction rotates the barcode symbol 270 degrees counter clockwise See diagram 86 A 1 41 Padding TBarcode1D_Code25lnterlea
70. the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 6 characters othwise 7 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous 81 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont ExtraFontSize TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi ia The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 51 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 The UPC E1 barcode symbology is also known as Universal Product Code version E1 UPC E1 E1 GTIN 12 with lead 1 etc It is a variation of UPC A which allows for a more compact barcode by eliminating extra zeros Since the resulting UPC E1 barcode is about half the size as an UPC A barcode UPC E1 is generally used on products with very small packaging where a full UPC A barcode couldn t reasonably fit An UPC E1 barcode represents 6
71. true Length 0 15 characters Characters set 0 9 Property NumCustomerlInfo is set to false Length 0 10 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z a z and space Example 6282224535CAM555439 e Reply Paid Barcode lt FCC gt lt DPID gt o FCC Format Control Code Field 20 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Character 45 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 Example 4567671415 e Routing Barcode lt FCC gt lt DPID gt o FCC Format Control Code Field Character 87 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 Example 8756439111 e Redirection Barcode lt FCC gt lt DPID gt o FCC Format Control Code Field Character 92 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 Example 9235797531 e Currently Reserved lt FCC gt lt DPID gt o FCC Format Control Code Field Character 44 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 o Cl Customer Information Field Property NumCustomerlInfo is set to true Length 0 15 characters Characters set 0 9 Property NumCustomerlInfo is set to false Length 0 10 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z a z and space Example 4448487312ABCDEFGHIJ 21 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manu
72. 1D Barcode VCL Components Wian sor User Manual Version 6 1 2 2034 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Table of Contents Table of Contents i E 1 Chapter 1 Introduction 6 1 1 Overview Enact AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA 6 412 Main features EE aaa eta 6 Chapter 2 Installation Enccancccncncncncncncncscscscanasascncscscscsccasccccccccccc ccc 8 2 1 Trial 0S gt ce 8 2 1 Registered user 8 Chapter 3 Quick start EE O EEE 10 3 1 How to use the barcode COMPONEN tS nnn 10 3 2 How to use the barcode components with a database carer 1 0 3 3 How to use the barcode components with QuickReport 11 3 4 How to use the barcode components with Fast Reporte 12 3 5 How to use the barcode components with ReportBuild ere 12 3 6 How to use the barcode components with ACE Reporte 13 3 7 How to use the barcode components with Rave Reports 3 8 How to print a barcode symbol to paper 15 3 9 How to save a barcode symbol to picture file 16 3 10 How to encode the UNICODE text in a Code128 EAN128 Symbol 16 Chapter 4 Reference Blea E cnn A A A A AEN 19 4 1 TBarcode1D 19 4 1 1 TBarcode1D_AP4S E 20 E 22 AS TB en D D Ul 23 A ATR ewe OR ear lem 24 4 1 5 TBarcode1D_Clocked35 25 EG ee See 26 Cee er 28 AE a ae eT 29 4 1 9 TBarcode1D_Code25Datalogic 30 4 1 10 TBarcode1D_Code25Industrial 31 4 1 11 TBarcode1D_Code25interleaved iii 32 4 1 12 TBarcode1D_Coed25invert 4 1 13 TBarcode1D Code 25Mattrixe nnn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnnnnni 3
73. 1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom it s the margin between the left quiet zone mark and the left side of the Tlimage TQRimage or TQRGzlImage control The ShowQuietZoneMark property of the TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 or TBarcode1D_EAN8 barcode component is set to true 120 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components it s the margin between the left bearer bar and the left side of the Timage TQRimage or T RGzlmage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taRight taRightQuietZone taCenter or taCenterQuietZone if the human readable text exceeds the beginning of the barcode symbol it s the margin between the beginning of the human readable text and the left side of the Timage TQRimage or TQ RGzlmage control See diagram 123456 I l 312432 123456 ML 2112345 LeftMargin The Orientation property is set to boRightLeft It is the margin between the end of the barcode symbol and the left side of the Tlmage TQRImage or TQRGzImage control F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom it s the margin between the right quiet zone mark and the left side of the Tl
74. 1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 extPosition TextPositioni Pia f Trk tpBottomIn tpBottomou ut o taRight Aligns the human readable text to the right within the barcode symbol See diagram iii il il i ul tn mm 123456789012 pyc tay pT pour spe omni ee AANA For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 e TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taJustify Aligns the human readable text to both left and right within the barcode symbol See diagram Auli IN Mi iti 2348878 ition tpTopIn tpTopOut TextPosition tpB ARENT ottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 extPositioni Text Position Pesta iy pEr tpBottomIn SABetninGli ut o taLeftQuietZone A
75. 1lD_Code391 DrawTo Canvas 0 0 end 3 7 How to use the barcode components with Rave Reports Usage 1 Use the Rave Reports Visual Designer to edit your report put a bitmap component to your report in order to present the barcode symbol 2 Put a TBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form that the TRvProject component is in it Also put a TDBBarcode1D component to the form and link the TBarcode1D component to the TDBBarcode1D component if the database support is required 3 Insert code to call the Open method of the TRvProject component before print or preview the report and call the Close method after print or preview the report For example RvProject1 Open RvProjectl Execute RvProject1 Close 4 Add RvCsSid RvProj and RvClass units to the uses list 5 Create the OnAfterOpen event function for the TRvProject component In the event function change the properties of the TBarcode1D component such as Barcode Module and Ratio Then create a temporary TBitmap object adjust its size in order to accommodate entire barcode symbol and use the DrawTo method of the TBarcode1D component to draw the barcode symbol to the temporary TBitmap object At last adjust the size of the bitmap component in your report and assign the temporary bitmap to it For example var RvReport TRaveReport RvPage TRavePage RvBitmap TRaveBitmap TmpBitmap TBitmap
76. 20 if it is in the Routing property the value starts with 21 First character of the Routing property See diagram 164 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Input Wil Height m Height I or om N Output WHL IYBPHIPIOL Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to DrawToSize1 and the parameters Module Height Angle HDPI and VDPI are required B 1 8 2 DrawToSize Syntax 2 Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of a rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom function DrawToSize var TotalWidth TotalHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer Canvas TCanvas Barcode string AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 0 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description The method returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by parameters of this method in logical dots or pixels Para
77. 2009 or later event will occur If there is any invalid character in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property value the return value is false corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur 153 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual B 1 7 DrawTo Draws a barcode symbol on the specified canvas There are several different overloading methods Syntax 1 Syntax 2 and Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later Syntax 1 Draws the barcode symbol that is specified in the properties of this barcode component Syntax 2 Draws the barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Barcode parameter It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it i
78. 32 barcode components the property specifies whether to display the left and right guard characters start character and stop character If the property is set to true the start and stop characters are shown as an asterisk in the human readable text If the property is set to false then the start and stop characters are not represented in human readable text Note you don t have to specify the start and stop characters to the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property even if they are displayed in the human readable text A 1 49 ShowQuietZoneMark TBarcode1D_ENA5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 TBarcode1D_EAN13 etc Specifies whether to display the left and right quiet zone marks Syntax property ShowQuietZoneMark Boolean Description F or TBarcodei1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_ENA5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcodeiD_EAN13 barcode components the property 130 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual specifies whether to display the left and right quiet zone marks It s useful only when the DisplayText property is not set to dtNone and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom See diagram iil 2345670 i ae ji neMarks x For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_ENA5 barcode components the left quiet zone mark does not exist Uh lt i x QuietZo Note For the TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode component the left quiet zone mark number system character is displayed
79. 35 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut e taRightQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to the right within the barcode symbol See diagram Wii wii O M a 123456789012 Grecia E Tono ise ronin TEMENE For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIin tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut e taJustifyQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to both left and right within the barcode symbol See diagram wai men ei 22S pOut TextP t extPosition a geen For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut e taCustom F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcodei1D_EAN13 barcode components displays the human readable text as UPC EAN standard format For other barcode components it is the same
80. 4 4 1 14 TBarcode1D_Code32 35 4 1 15 TBarcode1D_ Code 3 Qe 37 aA 16 TBarcode1 D_Code39Ext ee eee 38 4 1 AF TBarcode1 D_Code93 a aaa aaa aaa a aero 39 4 1 18 TBarcode1 D_Code93Ext cree 40 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 4 1 19 TBarcode1 D_Coop25 PAPEETE OEEO aac aaa 4 1 20 TBarcode1 D_CPCBin CE Pe ee 4 1 21 TBarcode1D_EAN128 4 1 22 TBarcode1D EAN Seu 4129 TBarcode DEAN Ba 4 4 24 TBarcode D BANS 2 4 1 25 TBarcode1D_EAN8 4 1 26 TBarcode1 D_FIM i EEEE 4 1 27 TBarcode1 D_Flattermarken sa Sec 4 1 28 TBarcode1 D_IATA Sc at cece 4 1 29 TBarcode1 D_Identcode ee eee 4 1 30 TBarcode1D_ITF14 4 1 31 TBarcode1 D_ITF1 6 Hidiiiiaiiiiaiiiidi Rainer 4 1 32 TBarcode1 D_ITF6 aac ede ddd ddd dtd ddd dd 4 1 33 TBarcode1 D_JapanPost PONAS dda ada dada dada daa daca dead 4 1 34 TBarcode1D_KIX4S 4 1 35 TBarcode1D_Leitcode 4 1 36 TBarcode 1 D_MSI ac sasssadec saad tees teaaet naan E O Oe TERROREE ROR RINORER ERIN ERNE ENERENINORENN 4 1 37 TBarcode1 D_OneCode csssst seat bcear acetates ARR I I III 4 1 38 TBarcode1 D_Patch esses acca seater AA AAAA 4 1 39 TBarcode1D_PharmacodeOneTrack 4 1 40 TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwotTrack 4 1 41 TBarcode1D_ Planeter mnninnnn 4 AA TBarcode ID Pies ey 4 1 43 TBarcode1D_PostBater nnn 4 1 44 TBarcode1D_PostNet 4 1 45 TBarcode D_PZN orn 4 1 46 TBarcode4 D_RM4S CC 4 1 47 TBarcode D_TelepeN 4 1 48 TBarcode1D_UPCA 4 1 49 TBarcode1D_UPC Eui 4 1 50 TBarcode4D_UPCEO iii AAS TBarcode D UPE ien
81. 4567 0 The UPC E barcode symbology is also known as Universal Product Code version E UPC E0 E0 UPC E1 E1 GTIN 12 with lead 0 GS1 12 UCC 12 etc It is a variation of UPC A which allows for a more compact barcode by eliminating extra zeros Since the resulting UPC E barcode is about half the size as anUPC A barcode UPC E is generally used on products with very small packaging where a full UPC A barcode couldn t reasonably fit An UPC E barcode represents 7 digits and a check digit and the first digit number system is 0 UPC EO or 1 UPC E1 unit The component is used to create the UPC E barcode symbol including the UPC E0 and UPC E1 It s defined in thpUPCE 7 79 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual An EAN 2 or an EAN 5 barcode may be added The UPC E barcode symbol can be used together with a 2 column CC A or a 2 column CC B 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the component can be used as the value of the Liner property of the CC A or CC B 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case onlyBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoCheckDigit Height DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ExtraFontSize LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties will be ignored and they will be set automatically d
82. 6 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 89 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taJustifyQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to both left and right within the barcode symbol See diagram iui MUNA UN 123456789012 TextPosition tpTopin tpTopOut TextPosition tpBottomIn tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taCustom For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components displays the human readable text as UPC EAN standard format For other barcode components it is the same as using the taJustify See diagram nit INN IMMA IMI 69686 gt 1 238908 301267 gt TextPosition TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut
83. 8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too TotalHeight Integer Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode co
84. 89 9 It s defined in the pRM4SCC unit The RM4SCC barcode symbology is known as CBC Customer Bar Code within Royal Mail It is a height modulated barcode symbology and it can be used with Royal Mail s Cleanmail system as an alternative to OCR readable fonts to allow businesses to easily and cheaply send large quantities of letters In Singapore it is known as Singapore 4 State Postal Code barcode Singapore 4 State Postal SingPost 4 State SingPost Barcode and Singapore 4 State Code and it is used by Singapore Post SingPost for Postal code and automatic mail sorting Technical Details The formats of the RM4SCC codes are specified in the following e Postcode Length 5 6 or 7 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z e Delivery Point Suffix DPS Length 2 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z A DPS consists of a number 1 9 then a letter A B D H J L N P U W Z The number can be any from 1 to 9 but not 0 The letter can be any except C I K M O or V e Check digits Length 1 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z The checksum character is used as a means of error detection to ensure that the rest of the barcode is correct It will be automatically appended if the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true Example SN34RD1A 75 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data
85. Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Data property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarColor TColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol See also the BarColor property SpaceColor TColor Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components theleft spacing and theright spacing will be represented using the color For TBarcodei1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcodeiD_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodeiD_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the parameter specify the background color for entire barcode symbol See also the SpaceColor property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readabl
86. Barcode VCL Components User Manual and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the parameter specify the background color for entire barcode symbol See also the SpaceColor property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record e Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are inclu
87. Barcode1D barcode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component except TBarcode1D_FIM TBarcode1D_ Patch and TBarcodei1D_OneCode components the data field value will be applied to its Barcode property If a TBarcode1D_FIM component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component The first character of the data field value will be applied to its FIMType property If a TBarcode1D_Patch component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component The first character of the data field value will be applied to its PatchType property If a TBarcode1D_OneCode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component the data field value will applied to its Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later the value of BindProperty property will indicate which property the data field value will be applied to When atTBarcodeiD barcode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component except TBarcodeiD_FIM TBarcode1D_Patch and TBarcode1D_OneCode components if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the data field value will be applied to its Barcode property If the BindProperty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property For the TBarcode1D_FIM component if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the first character of the data field value will be applied to its FIMType property If the BindPro
88. BottomOut e taCenter Centers the human readable text horizontally within the barcode symbol See diagram Await yay Il il UNIT MMU Messe essere extPosition TextPosition Grecia SE rono jut eorerin tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIin tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut e taRight Aligns the human readable text to the right within the barcode symbol See diagram iii wig a tenes ree beota pecaeein PERONON For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 tPosition TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut e taJustify Aligns the human readable text to both left and right within the barcode symbol See diagram Mo CANN anion extPositioni tpTopiIn tpTopOut TextPositi BottomIn Onos For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left an
89. Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding format for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Data property If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the Data property it is of type AnsiString Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcodeiD Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the property Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the property 105 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 3 BarcodeHeight Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in pixels Syntax property BarcodeHeight Integer Description Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in pixels If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included See diagram BarcodeHeight i NI For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See diagram 232434
90. DPI of the canvas FullEncoded string Contains the barcode text and the check digit that s automatically appended to the barcode symbol The start code and the stop code aren t included For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it includes all the tracking and routing first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing See also the FullEncoded property Text String The text which will be represented as the human readable text It s the value of the FullEncoded property or the value of the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property or an empty string base on the value of the DisplayText property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the full encoded value generated from the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later parmaters or the value of the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later parameter or an empty string base on the value of the DisplayText field in the BarcodeTextDefine parameter If the human readable text is represented for the TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and TBarcode1D_EAB128 components you can encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol In this case you can use the OnDecodeText even
91. D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom it s the margin between the left quiet zone mark and the top side of the Tlimage TQRimage or TQRGzlmage control The ShowQuietZoneMark property of the TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 or TBarcode1D_EAN8 barcode component is set to true For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components it s the margin between the left bearer bar and the top side of the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzimage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taRight taRightQuietZone taCenter or taCenterQuietZone if the human readable text exceeds the beginning of the barcode symbol it s the margin between the beginning of the human readable text and the top side of the Timage TQRlmage or TQRGzlmage control See diagram Topmargin OS EZT GPECTICT The Orientation property is set to boBottomTop It is the margin between the end of the barcode symbol and the top side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzImage control F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom it s the margin between the right quiet zone mark and the top side of the Timage TQRimage or TQRGzImage control The ShowQuietZoneMark pro
92. D_ITF16 barcode components LeftQuietZone_Width and RightQuietZone_Width width of left and right bearer bars left spacing and right spacing are included too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included too See also the BarcodeWidth property See diagram 93 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Total_width Total_Wwidth i 1234567890 l 9132438294891 Total_width Total_width UN onan a 23456789 623324 324327 e Total_Height Integer It s the height of entire barcode symbol before the barcode symbol is rotated in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print If the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing property are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too See also the BarcodeWidth property See diagram Total_Height iii ON oi CE i Total_Height l 4 3 TBarcodeTextDefine It contains fields to specify the parameters e g position alignment etc for the human readable text It is defined in the pCore1D unit The record is used in the following methods DrawTo S
93. Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size e OnDrawText e SpaceColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e Orientation e DrawTo e LeftMargin e DrawToSize e TopMargin e Print e BarcodeWidth e PrintSize e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 39 TBarcode1D_PharmacodeOneTrack 0920 The One Track Pharmacode barcode symbology is known as Pharmacode Laetus Pharmacode one track Pharmacode 1 track 1 track Pharmacode Pharmaceutical Binary Code It was developed by Laetus One Track Pharmacodeis used in the pharmaceutical industry as a packing control system The Pharmacode barcode is found extensively on the packaging of pharmaceutical products Pharmacode can represent only a single integer from 3 to 131070 The component is used to create the One Track Pharmacode barcode symbol It s defined in the pPharmacodeOneTrack unit Technical Details 66 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable It can represent only a single integer from 3 to 131070 e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e Onlnvalid
94. DrawTo e LeftMargin e DrawToSize e TopMargin e Print e BarcodeWidth e PrintSize e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 27 TBarcode1D_Flattermarken LILLI IILI The component is used to create the Flattermarken barcode symbol It s defined in the pFlattermarken unit t2 34506789 The Flattermarken barcode is a special barcode used for recognizing the correct sequence of pages in print shops Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete 52 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size e OnDrawText e SpaceColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e Orientation e DrawTo e LeftMargin e DrawToSize e TopMargin e Print e BarcodeWidth e PrintSize e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataCh
95. EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property or the ATextAlignment parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too PDx Pinteger Points to first element of an array the array values indicate the distance between origins of adjacent character cells It is only available when Step parameter is dtsPrint See diagram LeftTop y RightBottom LeftTop y RightBottom y mA 567890 H L23 45678 90123 1 LeftTop a 23 45678 90123 1 RightBottom x RightBottom RightBottom RightBottom x LeftTop y RightBottom y ii LN o Pdx 0 Pdx l Pdx 2 LeftTop RightBottom x RightBottom o LeftTop y RightBottom y RightBottom x RightBottom LeftTop y RightBottom y 012345678905 LeftTop x 0 RightBottom x LeftTop RightBottom C 1 5 OnEncode TBarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode1D_EAN128 For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and
96. England with formal specifications first dated March 1971 A variation of Plessey Code is known as Anker Code It has inverted CRC Anker Code was used in European point of sale systems prior to the advent of EAN The component is used to create the Plessey barcode symbol It s defined in the pPlessey unit 0 69 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789ABCDEF e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode Bidirectional DrawTo UKMode DrawToSize BarColor Print PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi saani The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 43 TBarcode1D_PostBar TALULA he fpf ftp tf fesn ft The component is used to create the PostBar barcode symbol It s defined in the pPostBar unit B K1A4S 2 1234 The PostBar barcode symbology is also known as CPC 4 State It is
97. LICENSE The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is licensed not sold 1 GRANT OF LICENSE This EULA grants you the following rights o Installation and Use You may install and use an unlimited number of copies of the TRIAL SOFTWARE PRODUCT o Reproduction and Distribution You may reproduce and distribute an unlimited number of copies of the TRIAL SOFTWARE PRODUCT provided that each copy shall be a true and complete copy including all copyright and trademark notices and shall be accompanied by a copy of this EULA Copies of the TRIAL SOFTWARE PRODUCT may be distributed as a standalone product or included with you own product Purchase o You may use the registered SOFTWARE PRODUCT on that number of computers for which you have purchased a separate license as indicated on the invoice or sales receipt If the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is installed on a network server or other storage device you must purchase a license for each separate computer on which the SOFTWARE PRODUCT is used A license for the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may not be shared by alternating use of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT betwee different computers The primary user of a computer for which a license has been purchased may make and use one copy of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT on his or her portable computer You may also make one copy of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT fo back up
98. Length e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size e OnDrawText e BarColors e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi saani The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 40 TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack l The component is used to create the Two Track Pharmacode barcode symbol It s defined in the pPharmacodeTwoTrack l unit 12345678 lhe Two Track Pharmacode barcode symbology is known as Pharmacode two track 2 track Pharmacode Pharmacode 2 track It was developed by Laetus Two Track Pharmacodeis used in the pharmaceutical industry as a packing control system It can represent only a single integer from 3 to 64570080 Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 67 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Length Variable It can represent only a single integer from 3 to 64570080 e Code type Clocked 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar
99. N characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Data property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarColor TColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol See also the BarColor property SpaceColor TColor Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components theleft spacing and theright spacing will be represented using the color For TBarcodeiD_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcodei1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodei1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the parameter specify the background color for entire barcode symbol See also the SpaceColor property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit
100. N13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too 177 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual See also the LeftMargin property Top Double Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the top side of the paper in millimeters If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and i
101. On UPC 2 etc It is designed to encode information supplementary to that in the main barcode symbol on periodicals hardback and paperback books It may be used specific applications to accompany an EAN 8 EAN 13 UPC A or UPC E including UPC E0 and UPC E1 barcodes It is often used on magazines and periodicals to indicate an issue number In general it is positioned following the right Quiet Zone of the main barcode symbol The component is used to create the EAN UPC Add On 2 barcode symbol It s defined in the pEAN2 unit Technical Details 47 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Sai e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed 2 digits e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Methods Create e Image e Barcode Destroy Data Module Assign Clear Draw Height Ratio Size BarColor CopyToClipboard DrawTo SpaceColor Orientation DrawToSize Print LeftMargin TopMargin PrintSize BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShowQuietZoneMark LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked 4 1 24 TBarcode1D_EAN5 12345 gt Events OnChange OnlInvalidChar OnInvalidLength OnInvalidDataChar OnlnvalidDataLength OnDrawText OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are a
102. Stretch property is set to true otherwise the StretchTextHeight property s value will e ignored 1 234567 Il gt 1 234567 890128 Stretch Fal Stretch True Stretch True eta ree StretchTextHeight False StretchTextHeight True See diagram l A 1 57 TextAlignment Determines the horizontal alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom property TextAlignment TTextAlignment Description Determines the horizontal alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol This parameter can be one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit e taLeft Aligns the human readable text to the left within the barcode symbol See diagram Il inaina UMC HMM TextPosition 456789012 123 Positioni tt tpTopOut tei pita tt pci aoe 567891 For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 134 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tp
103. TBarcode1D_EAB128 components occurs when the value of Barcode property is changed and the component is updating its barcode symbol or one of the Clear Draw Size DrawTo DrawToSize Print PrintSize method is called The TBarcode1D_Code128 and TBarcodei1D_EAB128 components can be used to encode any character by default the ANSI encoding scheme is used The event is useful if you want to encode the barcode text in your own encoding scheme before generate the barcode symbol See also the How to encode the UNICODE text in a Code128 EAN128 symbol article Syntax type Defined in the pCode128 unit TOnEncode procedure Sender TObject var Data AnsiString Barcode string of object property OnEncode TOnEncode Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called 197 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Data AnsiString The barcode text that s encoded by your own encoding scheme should be returned in this parameter Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if there is any character in the encoded string except the escape squences please use the instead of it The initial value is the barcode text in AnsiString the barcode text will be converted to AnsiSring if the UNICODE string is supported by the Delphi or C Builder By default it s in ANSI encoding scheme Barcode String It is the barcode text in string type it s an UnicodeString if the UNICODE string is s
104. TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom for TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 and TBarcode1D_EAN8 barcode components the ShowQuietZoneMark property is set to true too it is the total width of right quiet zone mark and right quiet zone spacing in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components it s the total width of right bearer bar BearerWidth and right spacing RightSpacing Otherwise it s zero 12438294891 See diagram RightQuietZone_width iiia Hid ghtQuietZone_ mjd MUM Coc CT 32438294891 LeftQuietText_Height Integer For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom it is the height of the left quiet zone mark in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print Otherwise it s zero See diagram pimi M
105. TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Double Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too 181 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property Module Double Specifies the module width in millimeters it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the BarcodeWidth parameter is greater than zero the value in the Module will be ignored the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth parameter If both Module and BarcodeWidth parameters are
106. TF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the LeftMargin property e Top Double Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the top side of the paper in millimeters If the human 174 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property Barcode String Specifies the barcode text It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcod
107. Text e SpaceColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e Orientation e DrawTo e LeftMargin e DrawToSize e TopMargin e Print e BarcodeWidth e PrintSize e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi iaa The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 35 TBarcode1D_Leitcode 61 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual ii I The component is used to create the Leitcode barcode symbol It s defined in the pLeitcode unit M l This Leitcode barcode symbology is also known as DPL Deutsche Post Leitcode German Postal 2 of 5 LeitCode 1 1 LeitCode CodeLeitcode Deutsche Post AG DHL It is used by German Post Deutsche Post AG Deutsche Frachtpost The barcode gives an indication of the destination The value to encode length is fixed to 14 digits The value to encode must have the following structure 1 5 digits for Postal Code Postleitzahl PLZ 2 3 digits for Street ID number 3 3 digits for House number 4 2 digits for Product code 5 1 digit for check digit Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 13 characters othwise 14 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods E
108. Width bese BarcodeWidth BarcodeWidth Output WBPHIEIOL Totalwidth Note The overloading method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later B 1 11 Size Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of a rotated barcode symbol that s displyed in the Tlmage TQRIimage or TQRGzlmage control specified in the Image property in pixels Syntax function Size var Width Height SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer Boolean virtual Description The method returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is displyed in the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control specified in the Image property in pixels Parameters e Width Integer Returns the horizontal width of the rotated barcode symbol that s displyed in the Tlimage TQRimage or TQRGzlmage control specified in the Image property in pixels Before rotation if the human readable text is displayed both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcodei1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and t
109. a which follows By convention the Al is enclosed in parentheses when printed below the barcode the parentheses are only used for human readable text and are not encoded in the barcode 3 Data The data field Its meaning and format are identified by the Al For some Al fields an extra check digit is required you can set the AutoCheckDigit property to true to automatically calculate the check digit and use the CheckStart and the CheckLength properties to decide which characters will be used to calculate the check digit 4 Code 128 check digit Check digit in Code 128 symbology It does not need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically calculated even if the AutoCheckDigit property is set to false A single barcode may contain more than one type of information The beginning of each new piece of information is marked by an Al An FNC1 is required after each variable length field do not use FNC1 after the last data field and do not use FNC1 if the maximal field length is used For example An EAN 128 barcode contains two pieces and the first pieces is variable length field It is constructed like this 1 FNC 1 Function Character 1 in Code 128 symbology It does not need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically inserted And it is not represented in the human readable text 2 Al First
110. agram 123456789012 234567890 ail Miil fiii TextAlignment TextAlignment TextAlignment taLeft taLeftQuietZone taCenter taCenterQuietZone taRight taRightQuietZone If the TextAlignment field is set to taJustify or taJustifyQuietZone it is the same as using the tp TopOut F o rTBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 TBarcode1D_PLANET TBarcode1D_PostNet TBarcode1D_JapanPost TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_KIX4S TBarcode1D_RM4SCC TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack TBarcode1D_PostBar and TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode components it is the same as using the tpTopOut For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_EAN5 barcode components if the TextAlignment field is set to taCustom it is the same as using the tp TopOut o tpTopOut Justifies the human readable text to the top in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be erased See diagram 95 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual il il ii i ii i i ta ee as taCen bis a SEN reali etZone taRi anor he ah eae e i i i taju AIONA QUI etZo one o tpBottomin Justifies the human readable text to the bottom in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human
111. ailable when Step parameter is dtsClear or dtsPrint The point 0 0 refers to the upper left corner of entire barcode symbol If the human readable text is displayed it s included in the barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0O TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_ EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property or the ATextAlignment parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their 196 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too RightBottom TPoint The Point of the lower right corner of the human readable text area before the barcode symbol is rotated in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print It is only available when Step parameter is dtsClear or dtsPrint The point 0 0 refers to the upper left corner of entire barcode symbol If the human readable text is displayed it s included in the barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0O TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_
112. al Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e NumCustomerlinfo e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e SplitText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi S The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 2 TBarcode1D_BC309 MW TMATIMITNTTOR TATA NT TT MOT TT The component is used to create the BC309 barcode symbol It s defined in the pBC309 unit t23s345 6 7 8 9 6 The BC309 barcode symbology is a variant of the BC412 barcode It was developed by Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International SEMI It s a single width numeric only barcode symbology Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Clocked 1D Discrete 22 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength
113. anvas in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the val
114. ar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later The component is used to create the IATA barcode symbol It s defined in the pIATA unit 4 1 28 TBarcode1D_ IATA MIUI The IATA barcode symbology is also known as IATA 2 of 5 2 of 5 IATA 2 5 IATA International Air Transport Assosiation 2 of 5 etc It is based on Industrial 2 of 5 standard and it is a low density variable length numeric only barcode symbology It is used by International Air Transport Assosiation IATA for the management of air cargo Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete 53 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later The component is used to create t
115. aracter will switch to the ASCII mode e ASCII mode Encodes all ASCII characters an ASCII 16 character will switch to the Numeric mode Technical Details e Characters set Numeric mode 0123456789 ASCII and Full ASCII mode All 128 ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 76 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Size e OnlnvalidDataLength Height Ratio CopyToClipboard e OnDrawText Draw e OnDrawBarcode AutoCheckDigit Mode DrawTo Guards DrawToSize ExtraChar Print OddEncode PrintSize BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 48 TBarcode1D_UPCA 23456 78901 The UPC A barcode symbology is also known as Universal Product Code version A UPC Code UPC Symbol GTIN 12 GS1 12 UCC 12 It is used for marking products which are sold at retail in the USA The barcode identifies the The component is used
116. arcode is redrew or the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specified 200 Hos BC Poe Be 20 2 5 6 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 6 1 2 2034 2015 12 11 Copyright 2001 2015 Han soft Corporation All rights reserved
117. arcodeHeight and Angle are required B 1 9 2 Print Syntax 2 Prints a barcode symbol to printer The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Pelase use the method between the Printer BeginDoc and the Printer EndDoc methods Syntax type Defined in the pCore1D unit TBarcodeTextDefine record DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer end function Print Left Top Double Barcode string AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarColor SpaceColor TColor BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Double 0 BarcodeWidth Integer 0 BarcodeHeight Double 0 Angle Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description Prints a barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method to the printer Parameters e Left Double Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the left side of the paper in millimeters If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_I
118. arks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth left spacing and right spacing are included too If the parameter is provided and isn t zero the value in Module parameter will be ignored the module width will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth value If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero the Module parameter will be used See also the BarcodeWidth property BarcodeHeight Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of the barcode symbol before rotation in millimeters or modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars are included too If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero it will be calculated based on the values of Module parameter and the Height property If the parameter is provided and it is not set to zero the value of Height property will be ignored If it s greater than zero it specifies the height in millimeters If it s less than zero the absolute value of the parameter specifies the height in modules Angle
119. as using the taJustify See diagram nin INN MN I MN aeoe gt E LESTA TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottormIn tpBottomOut intepiwiniudon kapeas atts Snn ABS ottomOut A 1 58 TextCSpacing Specifies the intercharacter spacing for the human readable text in modules Syntax property TextCSpacing Integer Description It s the amount of extra space in modules to be added to each character in the human readable text This property is useful only when the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone and the TextAlignment property is set to taLeft taCenter taRight taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone or taRightQuietZone See diagram yas 1 136 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 59 TextFont Specifies the font of the human readable text Syntax property TextFont TFont Description Specifies the font of the human readable text The color value that s specified by SpaceColor property will be used as the background color Note In the TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcodeiD_UPCEO and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom for the left quiet zone mark and right quiet zone mark the property specifies the font name style color etc but the font size The font size of the left quiet zone mark and the right quiet zone mark is specified by the ExtraFontSize property See also the ExtraFontSize property A 1 60 Tex
120. ata Specifies the barcode text in the AnsiString format Syntax property Data AnsiString Description If you use the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later you can use the property to specify a barcode text in AnsiString format and encode it into the barcode symbol If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true the check digit doesn t need to be entered in the here otherwise the check digit can be specified by you in here The OnChange event will occur when the property value is changed The OnInvalidDataChar event will occur if there is any invalid character in the Data property value and the OnInvalidDataLength event will occur if the length of the Data property value is invalid For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the property to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please specify it in the Barcode property If you use the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later the Barcode is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding format for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please specify the converted string in the Data property or convert it in the OnEnc
121. ata fields in the human readable text the mailer or customer identifier field is 9 digit number and the serial or sequence number field is 6 digit number A 1 53 StartCode TBarcode1D_Codabar Specifies the start code for the Codabar barcode symbol to mark the beginning of the barcode Syntax type Defined in the pCodabar unit S IFDEF DELPHI 7 AND UPPER TFrameChars A D SELSE TFrameChars string SENDIF property StartCode TFrameChars Description Specifies the start code for the Codabar barcode symbol to mark the beginning of the barcode It s valid only for the TBarcode1D_Codabar component This property can be one of alphabet characters A B C D and in some specifications they are named E N asterisk and T They are defined in the pCodabar unit Note Only one of upper case alphabet characters A B C D is allowed For Delphi 7 or upper C Builder 2006 or upper the ERangeError exception will occur if the value of the property is not from A to D the exception will be suppress if you close the Range checking in project options For Delphi 6 or lower C Builder 6 or lower operation will be ignored if you set the property to other character or characters string 132 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 54 StopCode TBarcode1D_Codabar Specifies the stop code for the Codabar barcode symbol to mark the end of the barcode Syntax type Defined in the pCodabar unit
122. barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the LeftMargin property Top Double Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the top side of the paper in millimeters If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property Module Double Specifies the module width in millimeters it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the BarcodeWidth parameter is greater than zero the value in the Module will be ignored the module value will be
123. be ignored If it s greater than zero it specifies the height in millimeters If it s less than zero the absolute value of the parameter specifies the height in modules Return If the method succeeds the return value is zero If the string length of Barcode parameter is invalid the return value is 1 If all of the Module BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight parameters are less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If there is any invalid character in the Barcode parameter the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Note Pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods For example Printer BeginDoc Print other content BarcodelD Code391 Print Print the barcode 179 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Print other content Printer EndDoc See diagram Module Ratio Module Top z 8 BarcodeHeight BarcodeWidth Left s i i MI 131235 BarcodeWidth Note The overloading method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later B 1 10 PrintSize Returns actual horizontal width and vertical height of a rotated barcode symbol in millimeters There are several different overloading methods Syntax 1 Syntax 2 and Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later
124. bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 0 if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction Return If the method succeeds the return value is zero If the Barcode string length is invalid the return value is 1 If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If there is any invalid character in the Barcode string the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram p Height m3230 M323 Note The overloading method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later B 1 4 Create Creates and initializes a barcode c
125. character in the Tracking property the index is from 1 to 20 including 1 and 20 if it is in the Routing property the value starts with 21 First character of the Routing property See diagram win UIA Height Height y IIL IIL Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to CopyToClipboard1 and the parameters Module Height Angle are required B 1 3 2 CopyToClipboard Syntax 2 148 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Copies a barcode symbol to the system clipboard The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom function CopyToClipboard Barcode string AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarColor SpaceColor TColor BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description Copies a barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method to the system clipboard Paramet
126. characters Characters set A 0 9 N A Z BBB Machine Identifier Length 0 3 characters Characters set 0 9 Example ZK1A0B1097 Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size e OnDrawText e SpaceColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e Orientation e DrawTo e LeftMargin e DrawToSize e TopMargin e Print e BarcodeWidth e PrintSize e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e SplitText e HideCheckDigitsText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi Sat The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 44 TBarcode1D_PostNet 72 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual lalliblalbdobblallibolbibliballlihl 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 The component is used to create the USPS PostNet barcode symbol It s defined in the pPostNet unit The USPS Postnet barcode symbology is known as PostNet It is a numeric symbology It was invented by US Postal Office to encode ZIP information The US delivery address coding can be of three forms 1 5 digit ZIP 2 5 digit ZIP 4 code 3 11 digit delivery point code Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fix
127. cing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property Canvas TCanvas Specifies target canvas that the barcode symbol will be represented in it If the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone the parameter is required in order to calculate the width of human readable text Otherwise it will be ignored so you can set it to nil Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too 163 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual If the human readable text is displa
128. cing and RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut o taJustify Aligns the human readable text to both left and right within the barcode symbol See diagram iiini TI Mi iti 123436709 ition tpTopIn tpTopOut TextPosition tpB ae ottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taLeftQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to the left within the barcode symbol See diagram rT MT TTT I MUA VANITY IMAI esssrsoxe il 122556785012 TextPosition TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut TEONA aa tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing are included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 oni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut o 123456789012 taCenterQuietZone Centers the human readable text horizontally within the barcode symbol Se
129. ckDigit Height DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ExtraFontSize LeftQuietZoneSpacing and the RightQuietZoneSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties will be ignored and they will be set automatically depending on the settings of the 2D barcode component In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 7 characters othwise 8 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous 50 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio e Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShowQuietZoneMark LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi D The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available on
130. code components the LeftQuietZone_Width and the RightQuietZone_Width width of width of the left and right bearer bars left spacing and right spacing are included too See diagram Symbol_width Symbol_Width Ga Eri Symbol_width Symbol_width Fa a 1234567890 623324 324327 Symbol_Height Integer It s the total height of the barcode symbol in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print If the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing property are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property See diagram Symbol_Height wig A Co CO Symbol_V_Offset Integer It s the vertical offset from the upper left corner of entire barcode if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included to the upper left of the barcode symbol if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included in in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print In general it is zero When the human readable text is represented if the TextPosition property for DrawTo Syntax 2 Dra
131. code components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Integer Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol that s displyed in the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control specified in the Image property in pixels Before rotation if the human readable text is displayed the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Integer Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol that s displyed in the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control specified in the Image property in pixels Before rota
132. code1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included See diagram i 787302 095293 BarcodeWidth For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of the left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included See diagram 2132345435433 BarcodeWidth If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included See diagram IN 13123 BarcodeWidth BarcodeWidth The property is set using the following formula e When the property Stretch is set to false The BarcodeWidth property will be ignored the optimization width will be used instead it s calculated based on the Module property value You can get the optimization width value by using the Size method e When the property Stretch is set to true o If the property value is equal to zero When the Orientation property is set to boLeftRight or boRightLeft the LeftMargin property value will be subtracted from the width of the Tlmage TQRlmage or TQRGzimage control that s specified by Image property then the result will be use
133. codeText event function in order to decode the barcode text from your encoding string and output it into the symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to true For the TBarcode1D_EAN128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to false For example 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual var BarcodeText string BarcodeText i n s The text is encoded in UTF 8 format and the BOM is placed BarcodelD Codel281 AutoCheckDigit True BarcodelD Codel281 Barcode SEF SBB SBF AnsiToUTF8 BarcodeText procedure TForml BarcodelD Codel281DecodeText Sender TObject var BarcodeText string Data AnsiString begin Remove the BOM before decoding BarcodeText UTF8ToAnsi Copy Data 4 Length Data 3 end Method 2 Please create the OnEncode event function for the barcode component In the event function you can encode the UNICODE text in your encoding scheme The BOM may be placed depending on your application For the TBarcode1D_Code128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to true For the TBarcode1D_EAN128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to false For example var BarcodeText string BarcodeText 7 BarcodelD Code1281 AutoCheckDigit True BarcodelD Codel281 Barcode BarcodeText procedure TForml BarcodelD Codel281Encode Sender TObject var Data AnsiString Barcode string begin The
134. compact barcode by eliminating extra zeros Since the resulting UPC EO barcode is about half the size as anUPC A barcode UPC EO is generally used on products with very small packaging where a full UPC A barcode couldn t reasonably fit An UPC EO barcode represents 6 digits with an implied number system 0 and a check digit The number system 0 first digit is not required it will be inserted automatically The component is used to create the UPC EO barcode symbol It s defined in the pUPCEO unit 6 An EAN 2 or an EAN 5 barcode may be added The UPC EO barcode symbol can be used together with a 2 column CC A or a 2 column CC B 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the component can be used as the value of the Liner property of the CC A or CC B 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case onlyBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoCheckDigit Height DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ExtraFontSize LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties will be ignored and they will be set automatically depending on the settings of the 2D barcode component In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If
135. d as the final barcode width the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final width value When the Orientation property is set to boTopBottom or boBottomTop the TopMargin property value will be subtracted from the height of the Tlimage TQRimage or TQRGzlmage control that s specified by the Image property then the result will 107 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual be used as the final barcode width the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final width value o If the property value is greater than zero The barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this width value o If the property value is less than zero When the Orientation property is set to boLeftRight or boRightLeft the LeftMargin property value and the absolute value of the negative width will be subtracted from the width of the Timage TQRimage or TQRGzImage control that s specified by the Image property then the result will be used as the final barcode width the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final width value it specifies the right margin of the barcode symbol 1 denotes the right margin is 1 2 denotes the right margin is 2 When the Orientation property is set to boTopBottom or boBottomTop the TopMargin property value and the absolute value of the negative width will be subtracted from the height of the Timage TQRlmage or TQRGzlimage control that s specified by the Image pr
136. d color It defaults to 0 meaning that the font size that s specified by the TextFont property If the property value is set to less than 0 or greater than the font size that s specified by the TextFont property the font size that s specified by the TextFont property will be used too See also the TextFont property A 1 21 FIMType TBarcode1D_FIM For TBarcode1D_FIM barcode component the property determines which FIM patterns to use Syntax type Defined in the pFIM unit TFIMType string property FIMType TFIMType Description For FIM barcode symbology there are four FIM patterns A B C and D that can be used The property determines which FIM to use as follows e A FIM Ais used for Courtesy Reply Mail CRM and Metered Reply Mail MRM with a preprinted POSTNET barcode e B FIMB is used for business reply mail BRM without a preprinted ZIP 4 barcode e C FIM C is used for business reply mail BRM with a preprinted ZIP 4 barcode e D FIM D is used only with information based indicia IBI postage e E Represent an empty FIM barcode symbol Note Only one of upper case alphabet characters A B C D E is allowed an OnlInvalidChar event will occur if you set the property to other character and an OnlnvalidLength event will occur if you set the property to 2 or more characters or set it to empty A 1 22 FullEncoded 116 1D Barcode VCL Compon
137. d right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut e taLeftQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to the left within the barcode symbol See diagram ia TT IM IU UIE MITT esses 123556702 TextPositioni TextPosition TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn Ca TopOu ut pes euornin tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut taCenterQuietZone Centers the human readable text horizontally within the barcode symbol See diagram Await yay Il il E T Mss essere extPosition TextPosition En E ropo jut Enn tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 135 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 23421389022
138. d with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Barcode property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarColor TColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol See also the BarColor property SpaceColor TColor Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components theleft spacing and theright spacing will be represented using the color For TBarcodeiD_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcodei1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodei1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 149 1D
139. dDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi iaa The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later The component is used to create the EAN 128 barcode symbol It s defined in the pEAN128 unit 4 1 21 TBarcode1D_EAN128 The EAN 128 barcode symbology is also known as UCC EAN 128 UCC 128 USS 128 GS1 128 MOLIN N Il UCC EAN 128 GTIN 128 UCC 12 EAN UCC 13 EAN UCC 14 etc It is a subset of the mori 01 general Code 128 symbology It was developed to provide a worldwide format and standard for exchanging common data between companies An EAN 128 barcode is a Code 128 barcode and it is constructed like this 43 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 1 FNC 1 Function Character 1 in Code 128 symbology It does not need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically inserted And it is not represented in the human readable text 2 Al Application identifier It is a 2 3 or 4 digits number that identifies the type and format of the dat
140. de a block of binary bytes data please use the PrintSize Syntax 3 overloading method Syntax 3 Returns the actual print horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Data parameter It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the PrintSize Syntax 2 overloading method Note For Delphi 3 the method overload isn t supported so the method names of Syntax 1 and Syntax 2 are changed to PrintSize1 and PrintSize2 B 1 10 1 PrintSize Syntax 1 Returns actual size of a rotated barcode symbol in millimeters The barcode symbol is specified in the properties of this barcode 180 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual component Syntax function PrintSize var TotalWidth TotalHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Double Module Double BarcodeWidth Double 0 BarcodeHeight Double 0 Angle Integer 1 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description The method returns the actual size of th
141. de type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Create e Image Barcode Destroy Data Assign Module Clear Height e Draw Ratio e Size AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText SplitText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing LeftSpacing RightSpacing BearerBars BearerWidth FullEncoded Locked Events OnChange OnlInvalidChar OnInvalidLength OnInvalidDataChar OnInvalidDataLength OnDrawText OnDrawBarcode 56 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 31 TBarcode1D_ITF16 The component is used to create the ITF 16 barcode symbol It s defined in the pITF16 unit 123456789012345 This ITF 16 barcode symbology is also known as UPC Shipping Container Symbol ITF 16 ITF16 etc It is used to mark cartons cases or pallets that contain products which have a UPC or EAN product identification number in Japan The value to encode must have the following structure 1 1 digit fixed 2 digit for Packaging indicator 2 digits for UPC numbering system or EAN prefix 5 digits for Manufacturer identification number 5 digits for Item ident
142. de1D_FIM Tracking Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode Routing Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode AutoCheckDigit If exists Padding Only for TBarcode1D_Code25Interleaved StartCode Only for TBarcode1D_Codabar StopCode Only for TBarcode1D_Codabar NumberCheckDigit Only for TBarcode1D_Code11 CheckMethod Only for TBarcode1D_MSI Mod11Weighting Only for TBarcode1D_MSI ExtraChar Only for TBarcode1D_Telepen OddEncode Only for TBarcode1D_Telepen Bidirectional Only for TBarcode1D_Plessey UKMode Only for TBarcode1D_Plessey CheckStart Only for TBarcode1D_EAN128 CheckLength Only for TBarcode1D_EAN128 Link2D Only for TBarcode1D_EAN128 Syntax property OnChange TNotifyEvent Parameters Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called C 1 2 OnDecodeText TBarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode1D_EAN128 193 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and TBarcode1D_EAB128 components you can encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol The event is useful to decode the text from the block of binary bytes data in order to output it as the barcode text into the barcode symbol For the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early it occurs when the value of Barcode property is changed and the component is updating its barcode symbol or one of the Clear Draw Size DrawTo Syntax 1 and 2 DrawToSize Syntax 1 and 2 Print Syntax 1 and 2 PrintSize Syntax 1 and 2 method is called
143. ded If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to O if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the Barcode string length is invalid the return value is 1 e If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 e If there is any invalid character in the Barcode string the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram j i Height Height am 7 m3 2310 m3230 Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to CopyToClipboard2 and the parameters Module Height and Angle are required 150 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual B 1 3 3 CopyToClipboard Syn
144. del28SubSet Description The Code 128 and EAN 128 barcode symbologies can encode all 128 characters of ASCII character sets This is done by switching between all 3 character subsets of Code 128 e SubSet A Includes characters with ASCII values from 00 to 95 i e all of the standard upper case alphanumeric characters together with the control characters inclusive and function characters e SubSet B Includes characters with ASCII values from 32 to 127 i e all of the standard upper case alphanumeric characters together with the lower case alphabetic characters inclusive and function characters e SubSet C includes the set of 100 digit pairs from 00 to 99 inclusive as well as seven special characters This allows numeric data to be encoded two data digits per symbol character at effectively twice the density of standard data Note only an even number of digits can be encoded if using the character subset C Use the InitialSubSet property to specify a initial characters subset for aTBarcode1D_Code128 or TBarcode1D_EAN128 component When the EncodeMode property is set to cemAuto the characters subset will be automatically switched if a character is encountered that cannot be encoded by current characters subset You need to manually insert the a b c or s for switching the character subset if the EncodeMode property is set to cemManual The property can be one of these values defined in the pCode128 unit e cssSubAuto The
145. dentifier Character 1 NNN Country Code Length 3 characters Characters set 0 9 ZZZZZZZZ Postal Code Length 8 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example 118091266ABC o Format G22 Z NNN ZZZZZZZZ ZZZZZZZZZZ Z Data Content Identifier Character 2 NNN Country Code Length 3 characters Characters set 0 9 ZZZZZZZZ Postal Code Length 8 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z ZZZZZZZZZZ Customer Information Length 1 10 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example 2216HA97PPABFFMIPL659V e Service o Format S06 Z Z ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ Z Data Content Identifier Character S Z Bar Code Sequencer Length 1 character Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ Service Information Length 0 19 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example SOABCDEFGHIJ123456789 o Format S11 Z ZZZZZZZZZZ Z Data Content Identifier Character T ZZZZZZZZZZ Service Information Length 0 10 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example TABCDE12345 o Format S21 Z ZZZZZ 71 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Z Data Content Identifier Character U ZZZZZ Service Information Length 0 5 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example UABC12 e Internal use o Format C10 Z ANANAN BBB Z Data Content Identifier Character Z ANANAN Postal Code Length 6
146. digits with an implied number system 1 and a check digit The number system 1 first digit is not required it will be inserted automatically il The component is used to create the UPC E1 barcode symbol It s defined in the pUPCE1 unit 1 112345 6 An EAN 2 or an EAN 5 barcode may be added 82 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The UPC E1 barcode symbol can be used together with a 2 column CC A or a 2 column CC B 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the component can be used as the value of the Liner property of the CC A or CC B 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case onlyBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoCheckDigit Height DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ExtraFontSize LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties will be ignored and they will be set automatically depending on the settings of the 2D barcode component In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 6 characters othwise 7 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image C
147. direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included 168 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too TotalHeight Integer Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note i
148. direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Double Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property Data AnsiString Specifies the barcode text It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the m
149. e A452 TBarcode D UPU a 4 2 TBarcodeCustomParameters 4 3 TBarcodeTextDefine TEPPE 4 4 TDBBarcode Deven etn Chapter 5 FAQs PE EEEE EA EEEE EEEE AEA eases sa anes 5 1 How to download the full version 5 2 forgot my license key a EO OOOO OOOO R 70 72 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Chapter 6 lrnfoorrm att ior 101 6 1 SUP POT ben 101 6 2 Purchase 101 6 3 Contact Y Geeni 102 6 4 End User License Agreement O ttc 102 ANNEX A Prope ES nnn 105 A 1 TBarcode1D 105 A 1 1 AutoCheck Digits 105 PEES L T ee 105 AAS BarcodeHeight SE eee ee me 106 Al 4 BarcodeW idth See ee ee eee eee eee ee ee eee ee eee ee eee 107 A 1 5 BarColor 108 A 1 6 BarColors TBarcode1D_PharmacodeOneTrack TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack 108 Ae T BearerBars TBarcode1 D_ITF6 TBarcode1 D_ITF14 TBarcode1 D_ITF1 6 a A A A A 109 Al 8 BearerWidth TBarcode1 D_ITF6 TBarcode1 D_ITF14 TBarcode1 D_ITF1 6 cca ca aaa aaa 109 A 1 9 Bidirectional TBarcode1D_Plessey 110 A 1 10 Channel TBarcode1D_Channel 110 A 1 11 CheckLength TBarcode1 D_EAN128 nn 110 A 1 12 CheckMethod TBarcode1 D_MSI PEPEO PETELE A AAN 4 1 4 A 1 13 CheckStart TBarcode1 D_EAN128 ETEEN et rset Seca cca ca caret ees 4 1 4 A 1 14 CurrentChannel TBarcode1D_Channel 112 A 1 15 CurrentSubSet TBarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode4 D_EAN1 28 112 A 1 16 Data aana A AS 113 AAT DisplayText Saar 113 AA 18 EncodeMode TBarcode1 D_Code1 28 TBarcode1 D_EAN1 28 pata a 4 14 A 1 19 ExtraChar TBarc
150. e Height property value You can get the width and height by using the Size method e If the property is set to true the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit the size specified by BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight properties The BarcodeWidth property specifies the width of barcode symbol If the property value is less than or equal to zero it specifies the right margin of the barcode symbol the Orientation property is set to boLeftRight or boRightLeft or the bottom margin of 133 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual the barcode symbol the Orientation property is set to boTopBottom or boBottomTop See also the BarcodeWidth property The BarcodeHeight property specifies the height of barcode symbol If the property value is less than or equal to zero it specifies the bottom margin of the barcode symbol the Orientation property is set to boLeftRight or boRightLeft or the right margin of the barcode symbol the Orientation property is set to boTopBottom or boBottomTop See also the BarcodeHeight property A 1 56 StretchTextHeight Specifies whether to reduce stretch the barcode text when the barcode symbol be reduced stretched Syntax property StretchTextHeight Boolean Description The property specifies whether to reduce stretch the barcode text when the barcode symbol be reduced stretched to fit the height specified by the BarcodeHeight property Note the property is valid only when the
151. e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextHSpacing e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi e The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 4 TBarcode1D_Channel 1234 The Channel Code barcode symbology is a linear continuous self checking bidirectional symbology that encodes between 2 567 The channel barcode symbolpgy has 6 channels from 3 to 8 it is determined to be one more than the number of digits given in the and 7 digits in the least symbol length possible barcode text Corresponding to these different channels the barcode symbolpgy can hold numbers from any of the following ranges The component is used to create the Channel Code barcode symbol It s defined in the pChannel unit e Channel 3 0 26 e Channel 4 0 292 e Channel 5 0 3493 e Channel 6 0 44072 e Channel 7 0 576688 24 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Channel 8 0 7742862 Technical Details e Characters set 0 9 e Length Variable e Code type Linear continuous Properties Image Barcode Data Module Height Ratio AutoCheckDigit BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHei
152. e canvas in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol 156 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the LeftMargin property Top Integer Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the top side of the canvas in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCu
153. e component in the LiveBindings Designer execute the Bindable Members menu item check the Barcode property or the Data property only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later in the Bindable Members dialog click on the OK button to close it Note for the TBarcode1D_FIM component please check the FIMType or the Data only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property For the TBarcode1D_ Patch component please check the PatchType or the Data only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component please check the Tracking and Routing properties or the Data property only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later Link the Barcode property or the Data property only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later of the TBarcode1D barcode component to your data field in the TBindSourceDB component or a string property of other control Note for the TBarcodeiD_FIM component please link the FIMType or the Data only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property For the TBarcode1D_Patch component please link the PatchType or the Data only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property For the TBarcodeiD_OneCode component please link the Tracking and Routing properties or the Data property only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to represent the barcode symbol in form or QuickReport report put a Tlmage control to your form or put a TQRimage
154. e diagram IMM il il il fiill 123486700012 extPosition TextPosition 123456789012 TextPositioni pes ra e Ar tpBottomIn tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing are included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taRightQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to the right within the barcode symbol See diagram Mii wi L m 123456789012 py pT pour je omni nen Sian For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing are included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taJustifyQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to both left and right within the barcode symbol See diagram fiiin IN AE li itil 129436709 sitioni tpTopIn tpTopOut TextPosition tpB ase atthe ottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing are included when align t
155. e diagram en 1234567890 If the human readable text is displayed it s included in the barcode symbol See diagram Left For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too See diagram argin 234567 890120 For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too See diagram LeftM LeftMargin 123456 If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See diagram LeftMa Margin U 34567890 i 2 It is set using the following formula e The Orientation property is set to boLeftRight It is the margin between the beginning of the barcode symbol and the left side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzimage control F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode
156. e parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the Print Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the Print Syntax 3 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type
157. e rotated barcode symbol that is specified by properties of this barcode component in millimeters Note if the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods and the printer must be connected to your computer Parameters e TotalWidth Double Returns the horizontal width of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too TotalHeight Double Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode
158. e symbol the property value tpTopln is equal to the tpBottomIn and the tpTopOut is equal to the tpBottomOut A 1 62 TextVSpacing Specifies the vertical spacing between the barcode symbol and the human readable text in modules Syntax property TextVSpacing Integer Description Specifies the vertical spacing between the barcode symbol and the human readable text in modules This property is useful only when the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone See diagram TextVSpacing A 1 63 TopMargin Specifies the top margin of the barcode symbol in pixels Syntax property TopMargin Integer Description Specifies the margin between the topmost of the barcode symbol and the top side of the Tlimage TQRimage or TQRGzImage control that is specified by the Image property in pixels See diagram F TopMargin LUT If the human readable text is displayed it s included in the barcode symbol See diagram TopMargin IMI For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too See diagram For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and rig
159. e text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record e Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal 160 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in lo
160. e width in pixels it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol See diagram Module 123 A 1 37 NumberCheckDigit TBarcode1D_Code11 Specifies the nubmer of check digits of the TBarcode1D_Code11 barcode component Syntax type Defined in the pCodell unit TNumberCheckDigit ncdAuto ncdOne ncdTwo property NumberCheckDigit TNumberCheckDigit Description Specifies the nubmer of check digits of the TBarcode1D_Code11 barcode component it s useful only when the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true This property can be one of these values defined in the pCode11 unit e ncdAuto If the length of the data is longer than 10 characters two check digits are used named C and K If the length of the data is 10 characters or fewer only the first check digit C is used e ncdOne Only use the first check digit C e ncdTwo Use two check digits C and K A 1 38 NumCustomerinfo TBarcode1D_AP4SC Specifies which encoding table will be used to encode the Customer Information Field in a TBarcode1D_AP4SC barcode component Syntax 125 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual property NumCustomerInfo Boolean Description The property specifies which encoding table will be used to encode the Customer Information Field in aTBarcode1D_AP4SC barcode component The Customer Information Field is only available when the first 2 digits FCC Format Control Code ofBarcode or Data only f
161. ed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 5 9 or 11 characters othwise 6 10 or 12 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties e Image e Barcode Data Module Height Ratio AutoCheckDigit BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi m 4 1 45 TBarcode1D_PZN Methods Create Destroy Assign Clear Draw Size CopyToClipboard DrawTo DrawToSize Print PrintSize Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 73 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The component is used to create the PZN barcode symbol It s defined in the pPZN unit PANNA 4562 The PZN barcode symbology is also known as Pharma Zentral Nummer Pharmazentralnummer Code PZN CodePZN Pharma Zentral Nummer etc It is used for distribution of pharmaceutical health care products in Germany It has the following structure 1 The PZN characters which is not really encoded It does not need to be entered in theBarcode or Data only for Delphi C Bu
162. ed Use the DataField property to specify the particular field within the dataset 144 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual You can bind multiple TDBBarcode1D components to one data field in order to represent the data field with multiple barcode symbols A 2 5 Field Indicates the TField object whose current value the barcode component represents Syntax property Field TField Description Use the TField reference provided by the Field property when you want to read or to write the value of the data in the field programmatically A 2 6 ReadOnly Determines whether the user can change the value of the field Syntax property ReadOnly Boolean Description Use the ReadOnly property to specify whether the TBarcode1D barcode component specified in the Barcode1D property of a TDBBarcode1D component allows the user to change the field value by changing the value of its Barcode property for the TBarcode1D_FIM component it s the FIMType property for the TBarcodeiD Patch component it s the PatchType property for the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it s the Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing or its Data property only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later When the ReadOnly property is set to true the TBarcode1D barcode component can only be used to represent the value of the field on the current record When
163. ee whether your question is already answered e You may email the technical support issues to support han soft com The registered users will get priority so include your order number in the email to ensure a prompt response In order to provide more accurate service please provides the following information e Whether the problem can be reproduced How is it reproduced e What development system do you use e Which version of 1D Barcode VCL components do you use Feedback If you have any comments or concerns about this product please send them to feedback han soft com Your feedback is very important for us because it helps to us to make our software better and more efficient Many of its features have been heavily influenced by comments from users So if you have a grand idea for a new feature or a better way of doing something please drop us a note 6 2 Purchase The 1D Barcode VCL Components is a Shareware product If you find it useful please purchase the full version of this product After your purchase you will receive an e mail with a download link of full version for downloading Why should I purchase After your purchase you can continue to use the 1D Barcode VCL Components and entitles you to the following benefits e The trial version is fully functional though limited and adds a watermark that appears in the final 1D Barcode symbol So purchase will allow you to use 1D Barcode VCL Components without limitations
164. een a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 See diagram Module Module Ratio AMIN 128 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 44 RightQuietZoneSpacing TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_EAN13 etc Specifies the horizontal spacing between the last bar of barcode symbol and the right quiet zone mark in modules Syntax property RightQuietZoneSpacing Integer Description Specifies the horizontal spacing between the last bar of barcode symbol and the right quiet zone mark in modules This property is useful only for TBarcodeiD_UPCA TBarcodeiD_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom For TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components the ShowQuietZoneMark property is set to true too See diagram RightQuietZoneSpacing 0 001234 567895 A 1 45 RightSpacing TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 Specifies the horizontal spacing between the last bar of barcode symbol and the right bearer bar in modules Syntax property RightSpacing Integer Description Specifies the horizontal spacing between the right bearer bar and the last bar of the ITF 6 ITF 14 or ITF 16 barcode s
165. efaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the vertical resolution will be obtained from your printer 182 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero If the length of the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property is invalid the return value is 1 Corresponding to the OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur e If all of the Module BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight parameters are less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 e If there is any invalid character in the the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the invalid character in the Tracking property the index is from 1 to 20 including 1 and 20 if it is in the Routing property the value starts with 21 First character of the Routing property See diagram Input BarcodeHeight Kl IMM BarcodeHeight M3230 M323 manum BarcodeWidth
166. eft side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control See diagram 123456 123456 LeftMargin LeftMargin LeftMargin LeftMargin A 1 30 LeftQuietZoneSpacing TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_EAN13 etc Specifies the horizontal spacing between the left quiet zone mark and the first bar of barcode symbol in modules Syntax property LeftQuietZoneSpacing Integer Description Specifies the horizontal spacing between the left quiet zone mark and the first bar of barcode symbol in modules This property is useful only for TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components and the TextAlignment is set to taCustom For the TBarcode1D_EAN8 barcode component the ShowQuietZoneMark property is set to true too See diagram 001234 567895 LeftQuietZoneSpacing A 1 31 LeftSpacing TBarcode_ITF6 TBarcode_ITF14 TBarcode_ITF16 Specifies the horizontal spacing between the left bearer bar and the first bar of barcode symbol in modules Syntax 122 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual property LeftSpacing Integer Description Specifies the horizontal spacing between the left bearer bar and the first bar of the ITF 6 ITF 14 or ITF 16 barcode symbol in modules This property is useful only for TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode compo
167. els in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to O if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction HDPI Integer Specifies the horizontal resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical horizontal resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the horizontal units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to obtain the correct sizes when the symbol is rotated When the Canvas parameter is set to nil if both HDPI and VDPI are set to 0 it indicates the horizontal resolution is equal to the vertical resolution VDPI Integer Specifies the vertical resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical vertical resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the vertical units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to obtain the correct sizes when the symbol is rotated When the
168. ents User Manual Contains the barcode text and the check digit that s automatically appended to the barcode symbol The start code and the stop code aren t included Syntax property FullEncoded string Description Read FullEncoded property to retrieve the barcode text and the check digit that s automatically appended to the barcode symbol The start code and the stop code aren t included For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it includes all the tracking and routing first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_Channel component it includes the barcode text with leading zero padding The length of the property value is from 2 to 7 corresponding to the cannnel 3 to 8 The property is read only A 1 23 Guards TBarcode1D_Telepen Specifies which start code and the stop code will be used in the Telepen barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pTelepen unit TTelepenGuards tgAuto tgASCII tgCustom tgNoStop property Guards TTelepenGuards Description The Telepen symbology provides several encode mode each having its own pair of start code and stop code But some Telepen system don t use the start code and the stop code to distinguish between the each mode and always use the ASCII mode s start code and stop code the interpretation of the data as ASCII or numeric is set only by the configuration of the reading device The p
169. epending on the settings of the 2D barcode component In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 7 characters othwise 8 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont ExtraFontSize TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked 80 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 50 TBarcode1D_UPCE0 Ill 5 The UPC E0 barcode symbology is also known as Universal Product Code version E UPC E0 E0 GTIN 12 with lead 0 GS1 12 UCC 12 etc It is a variation of UPC A which allows for a more
170. epresented using the color For TBarcodeiD_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcodei1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodei1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the parameter specify the background color for entire barcode symbol 151 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual See also the SpaceColor property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and
171. er property value is invalid the return value is false corresponding to the OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur 146 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual If there is any invalid character in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property value the return value is false corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur Note For Delphi 3 the default value of parameters isn t supported so the UseSpaceColor parameter is required B 1 3 CopyToClipboard Copies a barcode symbol to the system clipboard There are several different overloading methods Syntax 1 Syntax 2 and Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later e Syntax 1 Copies the barcode symbol that is specified in the properties of this barcode component to the system clipboard e Syntax 2 Copies the barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method to the system clipboard The barcode text is specified in the Barcode parameter It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting i
172. ero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 0 if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction HDPI Integer Specifies the horizontal resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical horizontal resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the horiz
173. ers e Barcode String Specifies the barcode text It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early theBarcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the CopyToClipboard Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the CopyToClipboard Syntax 3 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padde
174. es a barcode component from another barcode component Syntax procedure Assign Source TPresistent override Description If the Source parameter is an object created from a subclass of TBarcode1D component class and the class is same to current barcode component class Assign copies all property values and event handles except the Locked and Image properties from the source barcode component to current one If Source is any other type of object an EBarcode1DError exception occurs Parameters e Source TPersistent Specifies the source object B 1 2 Clear Erases current barcode symbol in the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control that s specified by the Image property Syntax function Clear UseSpaceColor Boolean False Boolean virtual Description The method erases the barcode symbol without erasing the background around it from the Timage TQRlmage or TQRGzimage control that s specified by the Image property Parameters e UseSpaceColor Boolean Specifies whether the space color that s specified by SpaceColor property is used to erase the barcode symbol If it s set to false the current brush color of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzimage control will be used If the parameter isn t provided it s default to be false Return e f the method succeeds the return value is true If the Image property is not set the return value is false If the length of Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or lat
175. etc or 129 A 1 45 RightSpacing TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ TF1 6 129 A 1 46 Routing TBarcode1 D_One Code rn eenenenennnnmmmmnmnmnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnmnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnunenunnananni 129 A 1 47 ShortFinder TBarcode1D_ Channel 130 A 1 48 ShowGuards TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_UPU TBarcode1D_Code32 etC Jis 130 A 1 49 ShowQuietZoneMark TBarcode1D_ENA5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 TBarcode1D_EAN13 etc jee 130 A 1 50 Space Color nnn 131 A 1 51 SplitText TBarcode1D_PostBar TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_ITF14 etc je 131 A 1 52 SplitText TBarcode1D_OneCode nnn 132 A 1 53 StartCode TBarcode D_Codabar nnn 132 A 1 54 StopCode TBarcode1D_Codabair enn 133 A 1 55 Spieth 133 A 1 56 Stretch TextHeighte nnn 134 A 1 57 TextAlignm ent 134 A 1 58 TextCSpacin gemini 136 eee 137 A 1 60 TeExtHSpaC Ng e 137 e E O E E 137 A 1 62 Text Spacing enn 139 A 1 63 TopMaarginre nnn 139 A 1 64 Tracking TBarcode1D_One Code n nnnnmrnrererenmnmnmnmnmnnnnnmnnnnnnnnnnmnnnnnnnninninnannannananninninnannanninnannannannndnannannaonannanannnnnnannannnin 141 4 1 65 UKMode Tharcode 11D _Plessey n ne nn nmnmnmnmnmnnnmnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnmnnnnnnnnnninninnanninnanninninninnnnnnannannannannannanannannannannanannannnnannainnn 142 TOD Dayeoge Eeee 142 KO G Don 0 nena 142 A 2 2 BindProperty nnn 143 A 2 3 Dat jelda 144 NAMM E 144 A 2 5 Field PPTL ee tee ee eee eee eee ECC ect ene 145 A 2 6 ReadO
176. eters of this method in millimeter Note if the Display field of BarcodeTextDefine parameter isn t set to dtNone pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods and the printer must be connected to your computer Parameters TotalWidth Double Returns the horizontal width of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too TotalHeight Double Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol i
177. ethod if you encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the PrintSize Syntax 2 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Data property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also
178. extAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing and the TextHSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties will be ignored and they will be set automatically depending on the settings of the 2D barcode component the Link2D property will be set automatically depending on which 2D component is used In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set If you use it together with other 2D components package the Link2D property should be set by yourself Technical Details e Characters set All 128 ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 characters with ASCII values 128 to 255 may also be encoded e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete 44 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create OnChange OnEncode OnDecodeText OnInvalidChar Barcode Destroy Data Module Assign Clear Draw Height OnInvalidLength OnInvalidDataChar OnInvalidDataLength OnDrawText e Ratio Size AutoCheckDigit CheckStart CopyToClipboard DrawTo DrawToSize OnDrawBarcode CheckLength EncodeMode Print InitialSubSet PrintSize CurrentSubSet BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Link2D Loc
179. extDefine record DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer end Fields e DisplayText TDisplayText Specifies whether to display the human readable text and what will display as the human readable text This field can be one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit o dtNone Don t display the human readable text o dtBarcode Display the barcode text that is specified in the Barcode parameter o dtFullEncoded Display the barcode text that is specified in the Barcode parameter and the check digit that s automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the DisplayText property TextPosition TTextPosition Specifies the position of the human readable text specifies the vertical alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcodeiD_UPCE0 TBarcodeiD_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment field is set to taCustom the field will be ignored For DrawToSize Syntax 2 DrawToSize Syntax 3 PrintSize Syntax 2 and PrintSize Syntax 3 methods the field will be ignored This field can be one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit o tpTopln Justifies the human readable text to the top in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be reserved See di
180. f the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Integer Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignme
181. form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Barcode property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarColor TColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol See also the BarColor property SpaceColor TColor Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components the left spacing and theright spacing will be represented using the color For TBarcodei1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcodei1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodeiD_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the
182. ght Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShortFinder Channel CurrentChannel FullEncoded Locked Methods Create Destroy Assign Clear Draw Size CopyToClipboard DrawTo DrawToSize Print PrintSize 4 1 5 TBarcode1D_Clocked35 Events OnChange OnInvalidChar OnInvalidLength OnInvalidDataChar OnInvalidDataLength OnDrawText OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 25 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual WWE TE EE The component is used to create the Clocked 35 barcode symbol It s defined in the pClocked35 5 2 8 0 0 0 j unit The Clocked 35 barcode symbology is known as China Postal Code Korean Postal Authority It is a clocked code consisting of a 6 digits ZIP code plus a check digit In Korean the ZIP code may be provided with a dash between the first three and last three digits and the dash is not encoded Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 6 characters othwise 7 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Clocked 1D Discrete Properties Met e Image e Barcode Data Module Height Ratio AutoCheckDigit BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargi
183. gical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to O if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction HDPI Integer Specifies the horizontal resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical horizontal resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the horizontal units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to represent the correct barcode symbol when the symbol is rotated VDPI Integer Specifies the vertical resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical vertical resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the vertical units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to represent the correct barcode symbol when the symbol is rotated Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the Barcode string length is invalid the return value is
184. gits and uppercase letters and the hyphen The data consists of a 7 digit postal code plus address data Technical Details The formats of the Japan Postal 4 State barcode are specified in the following e Postcode Length 6 numbers Characters set 0 9 The section may have a hyphen between the 3th and 4th number eg 123 4567 and this hyphen does not appear in the encoded data e Address data Length variable maximum 13 code words every number or hyphen use 1 code word and every upper letter use 2 code words If the address data is less than 13 code words the remaining code words are filled with control characters to make the length 13 Characters set 0 9 A Z Note the hyphens in the address data are encoded Example 154 0023 1 3 2 A 507 1540023 1 3 2 A 507 Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e SplitText e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi Saot The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only fo
185. gram il il i il il ji il il in ill i e aA PESE E cha taRi cae Ll ale oe i i il taJu HA A sala etZo one o tpBottomin Justifies the human readable text to the bottom in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be reserved If the TextAlignment field is set to taJustify or taJustifyQuietZone it is the same as using the tpBottomOut F o rTBarcodeD_ITF6 TBarcodeD_ITF14 TBarcodeD_ITF16 TBarcodeD_PLANET TBarcodeD_PostNet TBarcodeD_JapanPost TBarcodeD_AP4SC TBarcodeD_KIX4S TBarcodeD_RM4SCC TBarcodeD_PharmacodeTwotrack TBarcodeD_PostBar and TBarcodeD_OneCode barcode components it is the same as using the tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_EAN5 barcode components if the TextAlignment field is set to taCustom it is the same as using the tpBottomOut See diagram MM i Pu UI ta E aa AS na La Ain etZone taRi Frer aly oMQuietZone o tpBottomOut Justifies the human readable text to the bottom in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be erased See diagram UMMAN MDUARA IM LUNN aa EEA taLefi taLeftQuietZone vina ee etZone Ea eal ae ri INU taju style y Quia azo one
186. haracter The ASCII ESC character is required on someTelepen Numeric systems as the first character after to the start code The property controls the TBarcode1D_Telepen component to insert these characters automatically This property is useful only for the TBarcode1D_Telepen component It can be one of these values defined in the pTelepen unit e tecNone Don t insert any extra characters e tecESC Automatically insert the ASCII ESC character after the start code e tecSISO Automatically insert the Shift In character after the start code and the Shift Out character before the stop code A 1 20 ExtraFontSize TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE etc Specifies the font size of the left quiet zone mark and the right quiet zone mark 115 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Syntax property ExtraFontSize Integer Description For TBarcodei1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the property specifies the font size of the left quiet zone mark and the right quiet zone mark Otherwise it will be ignored See diagram 1 l il 56 5 6 tiigi Quiet Bik Left Quiet Mark 4 Il The font name style and color of the left quiet zone mark and the right quiet zone mark are specified by the TextFont property The color value that s specified by the SpaceColor property will be used as the backgroun
187. haracter is invalid character For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the invalid character is in the Tracking property the Index is from 1 to 20 including 1 and 20 if it is in the the Routing property the value starts with 21 First character of the Routing property e BarcodeChar Char The first invalid character in the barcode text that is specified by the Barcode FIMType Only for TBarcode1D_FIM component PatchType Only for TBarcode1D_Patch component Tracking Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component or Routing Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component property The character is a WideChar if the UNICODE is supported by the Delphi or C Builder Otherwise it is an AnsiChar Note e If the Locked property is set to false the event occurs when any component property is changed to cause the barcode is redrew or when the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specified e If the Locked property is set to true the event occurs when the Locked property is set to false to cause the barcode is redrew or the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specified 198 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual C 1 7 OnlnvalidDataChar If you use the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later you can use the Data property
188. haracters of ASCII character sets This is done by switching between all 3 character subsets of Code 128 e SubSet A Includes characters with ASCII values from 00 to 95 i e all of the standard upper case alphanumeric characters together with the control characters inclusive and function characters e SubSet B Includes characters with ASCII values from 32 to 127 i e all of the standard upper case alphanumeric characters together with the lower case alphabetic characters inclusive and function characters e SubSet C includes the set of 100 digit pairs from 00 to 99 inclusive as well as seven special characters This allows numeric data to be encoded two data digits per symbol character at effectively twice the density of standard data Note only an even number of digits can be encoded if using the character subset C If the EncodeMode property is set to cemAuto the character subset will be switched automatically in a Code 128 symbol in order to minimize the symbol size If it is set to cemManual you need to switch the character subset manually by using following function symbols e CODE A Switch to character subset A Please use the escape sequence a to insert the symbol e CODE B Switch to character subset B Please use the escape sequence b to insert the symbol e CODE C Switch to character subset C Please use the escape sequence c to insert the symbol e SHIFT Change the character subset from A to B or B to A for t
189. he Identcode barcode symbol It s defined in the pldentcode unit 4 1 29 TBarcode1D_Identcode This Identcode barcode symbology is also known as DPI Deutsche Post AG IdentCode German Postal 2 of 5 1 1 IdentCode Deutsche Frachtpost IdentCode IdentCode Deutsche Post AG DHL It is used by German Post Deutsche Post AG Deutsche Frachtpost The barcode contains a tracking number providing an identification of the customer sender and the mail piece The value to encode length is fixed to 12 digits The value to encode must have the following structure 1 2 digits for ID of primary distribution center 2 3 digits for Customer ID 3 6 digits for Mailing number 4 1 digit for check digit Technical Details 54 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 11 characters othwise 12 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties e Image Barcode Data Module Height Ratio e AutoCheckDigit SplitText BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked lt StretchTextHeight Methods 4 1 30 TBarcode1D_ITF14 1 Create Destroy Assign Clear Draw Size CopyToClipb
190. he TBarcode1D_EAN128 component please change the AutoCheckDigit property to false For example var BarcodeText string BarcodeText 7 BarcodelD_Code1281 AutoCheckDigit True BarcodelD Codel1281 Barcode BarcodeText procedure TForml BarcodelD Codel281Encode Sender TObject var Data AnsiString Barcode string begin The text is encoded in UTF 8 format and the BOM is placed Data SEF SBB SBF UTF8Encode Barcode end 18 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 4 1 TBarcode1D Chapter 4 Reference It is the base class of all barcode components and defined in the pBarcode1D unit Properties e Barcode Protected e Data Ratio Protected AutoCheckDigit Protected TextHSpacing Protected ExtraFontSize Protected FullEncoded Public Image Module Height BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing Locked pi lt Methods Events e Create e OnChange e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Size e OnDrawText e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e DrawTo e DrawToSize e Print e PrintSize The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 1D Barc
191. he TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too Height Integer Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that s displyed in the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control specified in the Image property in pixels Before rotation if the human readable text is displayed both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable 190 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 bar
192. he human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 TextPositioni TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomiIn tpBottomOut o taCustom For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 97 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components displays the human readable text as UPC EAN standard format And forTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components the TextPositon field will be ignored For other barcode components it is the same as using the taJustify See diagram nit INN IMMA i Il 69686 gt 1 238908 301267 gt TextPosition TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut See also the TextAlignment property e TextFont TFont Specifies the font for the human readable text The color value that s specified by the SpaceColor parameter will be used as the background color If the field is set to nil the current font of the canvas specified by Canvas parameter will be used See also the TextFont property ExtraFontSize Integer For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO0 and TBarcode1D_UPCE1 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment field is set to taCustom the field spec
193. he single character following the SHIFT escape sequence Please use the escape sequence s to place the symbol to barcode text Also you can manually switch the character subset by using these function symbols even if the EncodeMode property is set to cemAuto Characters with ASCII values 128 to 255 in accordance with ISO 8859 1 1998 may also be encoded This is done by using the FNC 4 symbol together with character subsets A B and C If the EncodeMode property is set to cemAuto the FNC 4 will be inserted automatically depending on the barcode text in order to minimize the symbol size If it is set to cemManual you need to insert the FNC 4 symbol manually by using 4 If a single FNC 4 character is used indicates the following data character in the symbol is a extended ASCII character A SHIFT character may follow the FNC 4 character if it is necessary to change character subset for the following data character Subsequent data characters revert to the standard ASCII character set If two consecutive FNC4 characters are used all following data characters are extended ASCII characters until two further consecutive FNC4 characters are encountered or the end of the symbol is reached If during this sequence of extended encodation a single FNC4 character is encountered it is used to revert to standard ASCII encodation for the next data character only SHIFT and character subset characters shall have their normal effect during
194. her to automatically switch the character subset and automatically encode the extended ASCII characters base the barcode text in a TBarcode1D_Code128 or TBarcode1D_EAN128 component in order to minimize the symbol size Syntax type Defined in the pCodel28 unit TCode128EncodeMode cemAuto cemManual property EncodeMode TCode128EncodeMode Description The Code 128 and EAN 128 barcode symbologies can encode all 128 characters of ASCII character sets This is done by switching between all 3 character subsets of Code 128 e SubSet A Includes characters with ASCII values from 00 to 95 i e all of the standard upper case alphanumeric characters together with the control characters inclusive and function characters e SubSet B Includes characters with ASCII values from 32 to 127 i e all of the standard upper case alphanumeric characters together with the lower case alphabetic characters inclusive and function characters e SubSet C includes the set of 100 digit pairs from 00 to 99 inclusive as well as seven special characters This allows numeric data to be encoded two data digits per symbol character at effectively twice the density of standard data Note only an even number of digits can be encoded if using the character subset C Characters with ASCII values 128 to 255 in accordance with ISO 8859 1 1998 may also be encoded This is done by using the FNC 4 symbol together with character subsets A B and C The propert
195. hey are not used for image addressing Patch 2 Patch Type 2 can be used to assigns image level 2 to the current document e Patch 3 Patch Type 3 can be used to assigns image level 3 to the current document e Patch 4 Toggle Patch Patch Type 4 can be used by the host for post scan image control for the i800 i1800 with image addressing Series Scanners they are not used for image addressing The Toggle Patch may be used to switch back and forth 65 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual from bi tonal and color grayscale scanning for the i280 3590C i600 i800 and i1800 without image addressing Series Scanners This provides Color on the Fly during capture with no need for post scan processing by the host application e Patch 6 Patch Type 6 can be used by the host for post scan image control for the i800 i1800 with image addressing Series Scanners they are not used for image addressing e Patch T Transfer Patch Patch Type T can be used to assigns a predefined image level to the next document The predefined image level is based upon the transfer patch definition which is defined for each application For example if the transfer patch definition is image level 2 then use of a transfer patch assigns image level 2 to the next document Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e PatchType e Destroy OnlnvalidChar Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e
196. ht spacing 139 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual are included in the barcode symbol too See diagram TopMargin If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See diagram TopMargin TopMargin lil MA Iil 06829SbE7 It is set using the following formula The Orientation property is set to boLeftRight It is the margin between the top of the barcode symbol and the top side of the Timage TQRimage or T RGzlmage control If the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpTopIn or tpTopOut It s the margin between the top of the human readable text and the top side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcodeiD_ITF16 barcode components if the human readable text isn t displayed or the TextPosition property is set to the tpBottomIn or tpBottomOut it s the margin between the top bearer bar and the top side of the Tlimage TQRimage or T RGzlmage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpBottomIin or tpBottomOut if the human readable text exceeds the barcode symbol in height it s the margin between the top of the human readable text and the top side of the Tlimage TQRlmage or TQRGzimage control See diagram TopMarain OT pi
197. i COO ieee Ml esse il The Orientation property is set to boRightLeft It is the margin between the bottom of the barcode symbol and the top side of the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzlImage control If the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpBottomIn or tpBottomOut It s the margin between the bottom of the human readable text and the top side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzimage control For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components if the human readable text isn t displayed or the TextPosition property is set to the tpTopIn or tp TopOut it s the margin between the bottom bearer bar and the top side of the Tlimage TQRlmage or TQRGzimage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpTopIn or tpTopOut if the human readable text exceeds the barcode symbol in height it s the margin between the bottom of the human readable text and the top side of the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzImage control See diagram TopMargin HAMLET gig CA p The Orientation property is set to boTopBottom It is the margin between the beginning of the barcode symbol and the top side of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 140 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1
198. iable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Create Image Barcode Destroy Data Module Assign Clear Draw Height Ratio Size AutoCheckDigit StartCode CopyToClipboard DrawTo DrawToSize e StopCode BarColor Print PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi Y Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 27 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 4 1 7 TBarcode1D_Code11 IN The component is used to create the Code 11 barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode11 unit 1234567890 The Code 11 barcode symbology is also known as Code11 USD 8 USD8 etc It was developed as a high density variable length numeric only symbology The symbology is discrete and is able to encode the numbers 0 through 9 and the dash symbol It is used primarily in labeling telecommunications equipment Code 11 is not terribly secure in that printing imperfections can quite easily convert one character into another valid character Data integrity is obtained by us
199. ial 2 of 5 2 of 5 Industrial 2 5 Industrial 2 of 5 1234567890 Standard Standard 2 of 5 2 5 Standard Code 2 5 2 of 5 C 2 of 5 Code25 Discrete 2 of 5 etc It is a low density variable length numeric only symbology that has been with us since the 1960s It has been used in the photofinishing and warehouse sorting industries as well as sequentially numbering airline tickets 31 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi sani The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 11 TBarcode1D_Code25iInterleaved 123456789 0 The Code 25 Interleaved barcode symbology is also known as Interleaved 2 of 5 ANSI AIM ITF 25 ANSI AIM 1 2 5 Uniform Sy
200. iece which will be used to calculate the check digit in an EAN 128 barcode symbol Syntax property CheckLength Integer Description In the EAN 128 barcode symbology an extra check digit is required for some Al fields you can set the AutoCheckDigit property to true to automatically calculate the check digit The CheckLength property specifies the length of the barcode piece which will be used to calculate the check digit in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property Note if an EAN 128 barcode contains more than one type of information CheckStart and CheckLength properties will only work for last data field A 1 12 CheckMethod TBarcode1D_MSI Controls how to calculate the check digit in the TBarcode1D_MSI barcode component Syntax type Defined in the pMSI unit TCheckMethod cmMod10 cmMod11 cmMod1010 cmMod1110 property CheckMethod TCheckMethod Description The MSI barcode symbology uses one of four possible schemes for calculating a check digit The property specifies which scheme will be used for calculating a check digit if the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true It can be one of these values defined in the pMIS unit e cmMod10 Using the Mod 10 check digit algorithm e cmMod11 Using the Mod 11 check digit algorithm cmMod1010 Simply calculate the Mod 10 check digit the first time and then calculate it again with the previous result and append the result of the second Mod
201. ied e The event is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later C 1 8 OnInvalidDataLength If you use the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later you can use the Data property to specify a barcode text in AnsiString format and encode it into the barcode symbol Or use the Data property to encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol only for the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components The event occurs when the length of the Data property is invalid Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodelD unit TOnInvalidDataLength procedure Sender TObject Data AnsiString of object property OnInvalidDataLength TOnInvalidDataLength Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called e Data AnsiString The invalid value of the Data property Note 199 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e If the Locked property is set to false the event occurs when any component property is changed to cause the barcode is redrew or when the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specified e If the Locked property is set to true the event occurs when the Locked property is set to false to cause the barcode is redrew or the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image p
202. ied by you e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit ShowGuards CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode DrawTo DrawToSize InterGap BarColor Print PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked 36 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 15 TBarcode1D_Code39 OTONOVA ll BC12345 i The Code 39 barcode symbology is also known as ANSI AIM Code 39 Uniform Symbology Specification Code 39 USS Code 39 USS 39 Code 3 9 Code 3 of 9 USD 3 LOGMARS Alpha39 etc The component is used to create the Code 39 LOGMARS or the ESN barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode39 unit Code 39 barcode symbology the first alpha numeric symbology to be developed is still widely used especially in non retail environments It is suitable for encoding general purpose alphanumeric data Code 39 is a discrete variable length symbology It is self check
203. ification number O a A N 1 digit for Checksum If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true it doesn t need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically calculated Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 15 characters othwise 16 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous 57 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText SplitText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing LeftSpacing RightSpacing BearerBars BearerWidth FullEncoded Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 32 TBarcode1D_ITF6 The component is used to create the ITF 6 barcode symbol It s defined in the pITF6 unit 123456 This ITF 6 barcode
204. ifies the font size for left and right quiet zone marks Otherwise it will be ignored The font name style and color of the left and right quiet zone marks are specified by the TextFont field The color value that s specified by the SpaceColor parameter will be used as the background color See diagram 5 6 ta Quiet akt Left Quiet Mark Il If the field value is less than or equal to zero or greater than the font size that s specified by the TextFont field the font size that s specified by the TextFont field will be used See also the ExtraFontSize property 4 4 TDBBarcode1D TDBBarcode1D provides an interface between a TDataSource component and a barcode component It connects the barcode component to a dataset It s defined in the pDBBarcode1D unit Use TDBBarcode1D to provide a conduit between a dataset and a barcode component that enable use the data underlying the dataset to represent the barcode symbol See also the How to use the barcode components with a database Properties e DataField e DataSource Barcode1D BindProperty ReadOnly e Field The BindProperty property is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 98 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 99 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Chapter 5 FAQs 5 1 How to download the full version Please download the installation package using the download li
205. il BarcodeHeight If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See diagram aana A 132310 32310 The property is set using the following formula e When the property Stretch is set to false The BarcodeHeight property will be ignored the optimization width will be used instead it s calculated based on the Height property value You can get the height value by using the Size method e When the property Stretch is set to true o o If the property value is equal to zero When the Orientation property is set to boLeftRight or boRightLeft the TopMargin property value will be subtracted from the height of the Timage TQRImage or TQRGzImage control that s specified by Image property then the result will be used as the final barcode height the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final height value When the Orientation property is set to boTopBottom or boBottomTop the LeftMargin property value will be subtracted from the width of the Tlmage TQRlmage or TQRGzimage control that s specified by the Image property then the result will be used as the final barcode height the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final height value If the property value is greater than zero The barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this height value If the property value is less than ze
206. ilder 2009 or later property 2 6 digits for Pharmacode 3 1 digit for check digit If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true it doesn t need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically calculated Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 6 characters othwise 7 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit ShowGuards CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode DrawTo DrawToSize InterGap BarColor Print PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked 74 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 46 TBarcode1D_RM4SCC The component is used to create the Royal Mail 4 state Customer Code RM4SCC barcodes symbol LUT Oy Wt poo po co A Bc 123456 7
207. image TQRImage or TQRGzImage control The ShowQuietZoneMark property of the TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 or TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode component is set to true For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components it s the margin between the right bearer bar and the left side of the Tlmage TQRimage or TQ RGzlmage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taLeft taLeftQuietZone taCenter or taCenterQuietZone if the human readable text exceeds the end of the barcode symbol it s the margin between the end of the human readable text and the left side of the Tlimage TQRimage or T RGzlmage control See diagram miini nN MO Ai OSbEZT GPECIICTI ni LeftMargin The Orientation property is set to boTopBottom It is the margin between the bottom of the barcode symbol and the left side of the Timage TQRImage or TQ RGzlmage control If the human readable text is displayed and the TextPosition property is set to the tpBottomIn or tpBottomOut It s the margin between the bottom of the human readable text and the left side of the Timage TQRlmage or TQRGzlmage control For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components if the human readable text isn t displayed or the TextPosition property is set to the tpTopIn or tp TopOut it s the margin between the bottom bearer bar and the
208. in vertical direction the excess isn t included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars are included too If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero it will be calculated based on the values of Module parameter and the Height property If the parameter is provided and it is not set to zero the value of Height property will be ignored If it s greater than zero it specifies the height in millimeters If it s less than zero the absolute value of the parameter specifies the height in modules Return e If the method succeeds the return value is zero If the string length of Barcode parameter is invalid the return value is 1 If all of the Module BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight parameters are less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 If there is any invalid character in the Barcode parameter the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Note Pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods For example Printer BeginDoc Print other content 176 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual BarcodelD Code391 Print Print the barcode Print other content Printer EndDoc See diagram Module Ra
209. indicate which property of the TBarcode1D component the data field value will be applied to 7 If you want to represent the barcode symbol in form or QuickReport report put a Tlmage control to your form or put a TQRimage or TQRGzlmage control to your report Set the Image property of the TBarcode1D barcode component to the Tlmage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control The data in the data field will be represented as a barcode symbol in your Timage TQRImage or TQRGzlmage control 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 8 You can use the Print method of the TBarcode1D component to print the barcode symbol to paper or use the DrawTo method of the TBarcode1D component to draw the barcode symbol to any TCanvas 9 Also you can use the SaveToFile method of the Tlmage control that is linked to the TBarcode1D barcode component to save the barcode symbol as a picture file Note You can bind multiple TDBBarcode1D and TBarcode1D component pairs to a data field in order to represent the data field with multiple barcode symbols Use the LiveBindings Delphi C Builder XE2 or later 1 Put a TBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form Open the LiveBindings Designer click on the barcode component in the form to select it change the Visible Element sub item of the LiveBindings Designer item to true in the Object Inspector Right click on the barcod
210. ing in that a single print defect cannot transpose one character into another valid character It is the standard barcode used by the United States Department of Defense and is also used by the Health Industry Bar Code Council HIBCC Also you can use the component to create the Numly Number barcode symbol A Numly Number is an ESN or Electronic Serial Number for all things digital It is a unique identifier that allows an author or publisher to assign to content and track licensing of each id assignment Numly Numbers are useful if you wish to identify each electronic distributed copy of any form of electronic media Media types could include Blogs Emails MP3s Videos PDFs eBooks Software Websites etc Numly Numbers can also act a third party content submission time stamps to aid in copyright proving instances and emails The Numly Number consists of a 19 digit number generated by an algorithm maintained by Numly com Technical Details e Characters set 0 9 A Z 7 and space e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete 37 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode InterGap DrawTo BarColor Dra
211. ing one or sometimes two check characters Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Create e Image Barcode Destroy Data Module Assign Clear Draw Height Ratio Size AutoCheckDigit NumberCheckDigit CopyToClipboard DrawTo BarColor DrawToSize Print SpaceColor Orientation PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi Sai Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 28 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The component is used to create the Code128 barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode128 unit 4 1 8 TBarcode1D_Code128 HI The Code 128 barcode symbology is also known as ANSI AIM 128 ANSI AIM Code 128 USS Code 128 Uniform Symbology Specification Code 128 Code 128 Code Set A Code 128 Code Set B Code 128 Code Set C Code 128A Code 128B Code 128C etc It is is a very high density barcode symbology It is used for alphanumeric or numeric only barcodes 0 It can encode all 128 c
212. initial characters subset will be selected depending on the barcode text in order to minimize the symbol size You can always use the CurrentSubSet property to get the factual initial characters subset e cssSubSetA Using the characters subset A as the initial characters subset e cssSubSeftB Using the characters subset B as the initial characters subset e cssSubSetC Using the characters subset C as the initial characters subset You can always use the CurrentSubSet property to get the factual initial characters subset A 1 28 InterGap TBarcode1D_PostBar TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_ITF14 etc Specifies whether to insert an inter cipher gap of one module between characters Syntax property InterGap Boolean Description F or TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcodei1D Code39Ext TBarcodeiD_UPU TBarcodei1D_PZN and TBarcode1D_Code32 barcode components the property specifies whether to insert an inter cipher gap of one module between characters If the property is set to true the inter cipher gap is used If the property is set to false there is no inter cipher gap 119 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 29 LeftMargin Specifies the left margin of the barcode symbol in pixels Syntax property LeftMargin Integer Description Specifies the margin between the leftmost side of the barcode symbol and the left side of the Tlmage TQRlmage or TQRGzlmage control that is specified by the Image property in pixels Se
213. ked The Data property OnEncode OnDecodeText OnlnvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 22 TBarcode1D_EAN13 234567 pEAN13 unit ll The component is used to create the EAN 13 ISBN ISMN ISSN or the JAN 13 barcode symbol It s defined in the 1 890128 The EAN 13 barcode symbology is also known as European Article Number 13 EAN13 UPC 13 GTIN 13 GS1 13 45 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual EAN UCC 13 etc It is used world wide for marking retail goods The symbolology encodes 13 digits The value to encode by EAN 13 has the following structure 1 2 or 3 digits for Number System or Country Code 2 5 or 4 digits for Manufacturer Company Code or prefix 3 5 digits for Product Code 4 1 digit for checksum An EAN 2 or an EAN 5 barcode may be added for a total of 14 or 17 data digits The ISBN symbology is also known as International Standard Book Number Bookland EAN ISBN 13 ISBN 10 etc It is created usin the EAN 13 symbology with a special prefix for example the prefix 978 So the ISBN is a special form of the EAN 13 code AnEAN 5 supplemental barcode symbol is usually used for the Retail Suggested Price The ISMN symbology is also known as International Standard Music Number ISMN 13 ISMN 10 ISO 10957 etc It is a unique number for the identification of all printed music publications from a
214. ked 1D Postal Symbologies Standards all in one solution including Codabar Code 11 Code 25 Code 32 Code 39 Code 93 Code 128 EAN 2 EAN 5 EAN 8 EAN 13 EAN 128 UPC A UPC E ITF Postal USPS British Royal Mail Australia Post KIX4S DHL etc Telepen Plessey MSI and many more barcode standards The components package can be used together with 2D Barcode VLC Components package to create the EAN UCC composite barcode symbols All morden versions of Delphi and C Builder are supported including the Delphi 3 4 5 6 7 2005 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder 4 5 6 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE XE8 10 Seattle For Delphi XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle both 32 k and 64 bit components are included 1D Barcode VCL Components are easy to use Developers use them like any other VCL component 1 2 Main features Allows to draw the barcode symbol to canvas with scaling and rotating Allows to print the barcode symbol to paper with scaling and rotating Most popular barcode symbologies are supported Check digit is automatically calculated and added All of the Quick Report Fast Report Report Builder Rave Reports and ACE Reporter are supported The database function is supported including the data access components such as the FireDAC dbExpress BDE and the Li
215. l be applied to its FIMType property If a TBarcode1D_Patch component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component The first character of the data field value will be applied to its PatchType property If a TBarcode1D_OneCode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component the data field value will applied to its Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later the value of BindProperty property will indicate which property the data field value will be applied to When atTBarcodeiD barcode component is linked to the TDBBarcode1D component except TBarcodeiD_FIM TBarcode1D_Patch and TBarcode1D_OneCode components if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the data field value will be applied to its Barcode property If the BindProperty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property For the TBarcode1D_FIM component if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the first character of the data field value will be applied to its FIMType property If the BindProperty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property only first byte will be used For the TBarcode1D_Patch component if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the first character of the data field value will be applied to its PatchType property If the BindProperty property is
216. l spaces in the barcode symbol If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components theleft spacing and theright spacing will be represented using the color For TBarcodei1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcodei1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcodeiD_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the parameter specify the background color for entire barcode symbol See also the SpaceColor property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the hori
217. left and right quiet zones left quietzone spacing and right quiet zone spacing will be represented using the color In other words the parameter specify the background color for entire barcode symbol See also the SpaceColor property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit 175 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Double Specifies the module width in millimeters it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the BarcodeWidth parameter is greater than zero the value in the Module will be ignored the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth parameter If both Module and BarcodeWidth parameters are less than or equal to zero the BarcodeHeight parameter must be set to greater than zero the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeHeight parameter and the Height property See also the Module property Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to O if the Angle is not pro
218. less than or equal to zero the BarcodeHeight parameter must be set to greater than zero the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeHeight parameter and the Height property See also the Module property BarcodeWidth Double Specifies the barcode symbol width before rotation in millimeters If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in the width value F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth left spacing and right spacing are included too If the parameter is provided and isn t zero the value in Module parameter will be ignored the module width will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth value If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero the Module parameter will be used See also the BarcodeWidth property BarcodeHeight Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of the barcode symbol before rotation in millimeters or modules If the human readable text
219. lidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi sani The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 19 TBarcode1D_Coop25 123456789 H The COOP 25 barcode symbology is also known as Coop 2 of 5 Coop 2 5 Coop25 NEC 25 NEC 2 of 5 NEC 2 5 NEC25 etc It is a higher density variable length numeric only barcode symbology It was adopted for management of Physical Distribution Process 8000 The component is used to create the COOP 25 barcode symbol It s defined in the pCoop25 unit Technical Details 41 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable COOP is fixed to 4 digit e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e Cop
220. ligns the human readable text to the left within the barcode symbol See diagram ini il illl i ill ni 123486780012 TextPosition omean zl extPositioni e roe ore ya tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 paket TextPosition Te xtPossition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomin fi tpBottomOu ut o taCenterQuietZone Centers the human readable text horizontally within the barcode symbol See diagram ii iiai se MMM ANN UNUM Wtzbessessel 1291827002 TextPosition TextPosition fade usni TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the LeftSpacing and the RightSpacing aren included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 _ extPosition Tee xtPosition PAi f GTF tpBottomIn tpbateomOu ut o taRightQuietZone Aligns the human readable text to the right within the barcode symbol See diagram iii il vii a mn TextPosition 123456789012 tpTopIn ees pout ieee EMIA Ta eee For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF1
221. ll be used to calculate the Mod 11 check digit It s useful only when the value of AutoCheckDigit property is set to true and the value of CheckMethod property is set to cmMod11 or cmMod1110 It can be one of these values defined in the pMSI unit e mwiBM The IBM International Business Machines Corporation repeating weighting factor pattern will be used e mwNCR The NCR National Cash Register Company repeating weighting factor pattern will be used A 1 35 Mode TBarcode1D_Telepen Specifies the initial encode mode for the Telepen barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pTelepen unit TTelepenMode tmFullASCII tmASCII tmNumeric property Mode TTelepenMode Description There are three encode modes for the Telepen barcode symbology The property specifies the initial encode mode It can be one of these values defined in the pTelepen unit e tmFullASCll Encodes all ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 It cannot be switched to other encode modes e tmASCII Encodes all ASCII characters a DLE character ASCII 16 will switch to the Numeric mode e tmNumeric Encodes numeric data in double density mode a DLE character ASCII 16 will switch to the ASCII mode 124 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Note the mode switching is permitted only once in a Telepen symbol A 1 36 Module Specifies the module width in pixels Syntax property Module Integer Description Specifies the modul
222. ll over the world It is created using the EAN 13 symbology with a special prefix for example the prefix 979 So the ISMN is a special form of the EAN 13 code AnEAN 5 supplemental barcode symbol is usually used for the Retail Suggested Price The ISSN symbology is also known as International Standard Serial Number ISSN 13 ISSN 10 etc It is a unique number which identifies periodical publications as such including electronic serials It is created using the EAN 13 symbology with a special prefix for example the prefix 977 So the ISSN is a special form of the EAN 13 code AnEAN 2 supplemental barcode symbol is usually used to indicate an issue number The JAN13 symbology is mostly the same as EAN 13 symbology but used in Japan JAN stands for Japanese Numbering Authority First two digits of JAN 13 symbology are always 49 The EAN 13 barcode symbol can be used together with a 4 column CC A or a 4 column CC B 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the component can be used as the value of the Liner property of the CC A or CC B 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case only theBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoCheckDigit Height DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ExtraFontSize LeftQuietZoneSpacing and the RightQuietZoneSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties
223. lue F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth left spacing and right spacing are included too If the parameter is provided and isn t zero the value in Module parameter will be ignored the module width will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth value If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero the Module parameter will be used 185 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual See also the BarcodeWidth property BarcodeHeight Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of the barcode symbol before rotation in millimeters or modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars are included too If the parameter isn t provided or i
224. ly for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 26 TBarcode1D_FIM Hl The component is used to create the Facing Identification Mark FIM barcode symbol It s defined in the pFIM unit A The Facing Identification Mark FIM is a barcode symbology designed by the United States Postal Service to assist in the automated processing of mail It allows the proper facing of mail for cancellation It also identifies the manner in which postage is paid e g business reply mail or IBI Information Based Indicia postage and whether that business reply mail has a POSTNET barcode The following four codes are in use e FIM A It is used for courtesy reply mail and metered reply mail with a preprinted POSTNET bar code In both of these types of mail the postage is prepaid either by a postage stamp in the case of courtesy reply mail or by a postage meter in the case of 51 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual metered reply mail e FIM B It is used for business reply mail without a preprinted ZIP 4 bar code e FIM C It is used for business reply mail with a preprinted ZIP 4 bar code e FIM D It is used only with IBI postage Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e FIMType e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size OnDrawText e SpaceColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e Orientation e
225. mbol See diagram TT TT VOUT ini il il OMIMO sesissresoce lf tzxseresni osition TextPosition TextPosition ore repo tpBottomIn tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 2342138902235 extPosition Tee xtPosition Pei fp tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomou ut o taCenter Centers the human readable text horizontally within the barcode symbol See diagram iii O mn VANTIN Meroe tenes TextPosition TextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut Tasos inte en BREE For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpacing and RightSpacing aren t included when align the human readable text See diagram 2342138902235 cert TextPosition TextPositioni tpTopIn tpTopOut paroma fi tpBottomOut o taRight Aligns the human readable text to the right within the barcode symbol See diagram iii iQ 123456789012 Tpi Tokou TONo can yee ia 96 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth LeftSpa
226. mbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Double Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizon
227. mbology Specification ITF USS ITF 2 5 ITF l 2 5 2 of 5 Interleaved 2 5 Interleaved etc It is a higher density variable length numeric only barcode symbology based upon the Industrial 2 of 5 symbology It encodes digit pairs in an interleaved manner The component is used to create the Code 25 Interleaved the USPS Sack Label USPS 25 Sack Label or the USPS Sack Label USPS 25 Sack Label barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode25int unit The odd position digits are encoded in the bars and the even position digits are encoded in the spaces Because of this It must 32 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual consist of an even number of digits It is suitable for encoding general purpose all numeric data and is used primarily in the distribution and warehouse industry The USPS Sack Label symbology USPS 25 Sack Label is in fact Code 2 of 5 Interleaved symbology with exactly 8 digits encoded 5 digit ZIP Code the sack destination and a 3 digit content identifier number CIN The USPS Tray Label symbology USPS 25 Tray Label is in fact Code 2 of 5 Interleaved symbology with exactly 10 digits encoded 5 digit ZIP Code the tray destination and a 3 digit content identifier number CIN and a 2 digit USPS processing code Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Create e Image Barcode Destroy Data Module Assig
228. meters e TotalWidth Integer Returns the horizontal width of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too 165 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e TotalHeight Integer Returns the vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text a
229. mponents the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Integer Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Integer Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spa
230. n Clear Height Draw Ratio Size AutoCheckDigit Padding CopyToClipboard DrawTo BarColor DrawToSize Print e SpaceColor Orientation PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi lt Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 33 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 4 1 12 TBarcode1D_Coed25invert The Code 25 Invert barcode symbology is known as Invert 25 Invert 2of 5 Invert 2 5 Invert etc It is a low density A The component is used to create the Code 25 Invert barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode25Inv unit 1234567890 variable length numeric only symbology And it is a variation of Code 25 Industrial barcode symbology Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods e Image e Create e Barcode e Destroy e Data e Assign e Module e Clear e Height e Draw e Ratio e Size e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin
231. n BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextHSpacing TextCSpacing TextVSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi i 4 1 6 TBarcode1D_Codabar hods Create Destroy Assign Clear Draw Size CopyToClipboard DrawTo DrawToSize Print PrintSize Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 26 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Wh The component is used to create the Codabar barcode symbol It s defined in the pCodabar unit 1234567890 The Codabar barcode symbology is also known as ABC Codabar CodaBar USD 4 NW 7 Code 2 of 7 Monarch Code 27 Ames code Rationalized Codabar 2 of 7 Code ANSI AIM Codabar Uniform Symbology Specification Codabar USS Codabar etc It was developed in 1972 by Pitney Bowes Inc It is a discrete variable self checking symbology that may encode 16 different characters There are four different start and stop signs defined They are only valid at the beginning and the end of the code They can be used to transport additional information This barcode symbology is used by U S blood banks photo labs and on FedEx airbills Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Var
232. n BarcodelD Code391 DrawToSize BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Canvas Width BarcodeWidth Height 100 BarcodelD Code391 DrawTo Canvas 0 0 end 3 6 How to use the barcode components with ACE Reporte Usage 1 Edit your report put a TsctImageLabel control to your report in order to present the barcode symbol 2 Put a TBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form that the TsctReport component is in it Also put a TDBBarcode1D component to the form and link the TBarcode1D component to the TDBBarcode1D component if the database support is required Create the OnBeforePrint event function for the TsctlmageLabel control In the event function change the properties of the TBarcode1D component such as Barcode Module and Ratio and adjust the bitmap size of the TsctlmageLabel control in order to accommodate entire barcode symbol then use the DrawTo method of the TBarcode1D component to draw the barcode symbol to the TsctlmageLabel control For example var BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer begin BarcodelD Code391 Barcode 1235678 BarcodelD Code391 Module 2 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual with SctImageLabell Picture Bitmap do begin BarcodelD Code391 DrawToSize BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Canvas Width BarcodeWidth Height 100 Barcode
233. n ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the CopyToClipboard Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the CopyToClipboard Syntax 3 overloading method Syntax 3 Copies the barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method to the system clipboard The barcode text is specified in the Data parameter It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the CopyToClipboard Syntax 2
234. n millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Double Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters 187 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal
235. nd color for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the value of the SpaceColor parameter See also the ExtraFontSize property See diagram Left Quiet Mark Ill 6 1 ll ll 4 right Quiet Mark LeftQuietZone_Spacing Integer For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcodeiD_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment filed of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom for the TBarcode1D_EAN8 barcode component the ShowQuietZoneMark property is set to true too it is the horizontal spacing between the left quiet zone mark and the first bar of barcode symbol in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print Otherwise it s zero See also the LeftQuietZoneSpacing property See diagram LeftQuietZone_Spaceing UH 623324 27 RightQuietZone_Spacing Integer For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the
236. nd the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the DrawToSize Syntax 2 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing 169 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Data property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable
237. nd the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Integer Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2
238. nents See diagram LeftSpacing 1 23 45678 91234 3 A 1 32 Link2D TBarcode1D_EAN128 Specifies whether an EAN128 symbol can be used as the linear component of an EAN UCC composite symbol Syntax type Defined in the pEAN128 unit TLink2D ldNone 1dCCA 1dCCB 1dCCC property Link2D TLink2D Description The EAN128 barcode symbol can be used together with a 4 column CC A a 4 column CC B or a CC C symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol The property specifies whether theEAN128 symbol can be used as the linear component of an EAN UCC composite symbol It can be one of these values defined in the pEAN128 unit IdNone The EAN128 symbol will be used as a stand alone barcode symbol IdCCA A contiguous separator pattern will be represented on top of the EAN128 symbol It shall be aligned with a CC A 2D component in order to comprising a single EAN UCC Composite symbol IdCCB A contiguous separator pattern will be represented on top of the EAN128 symbol It shall be aligned with a CC B 2D component in order to comprising a single EAN UCC Composite symbol IdCCC A contiguous separator pattern will be represented on top of the EAN128 symbol It shall be aligned with a CC C 2D component in order to comprising a single EAN UCC Composite symbol Normally the EAN128 symbol its contiguous separator pattern and the 2D component are represented at the same time comprising a single EAN UCC composite symbol If
239. ng scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the DrawToSize Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you encode a block of binary bytes data please use the DrawToSize Syntax 3 overloading method Syntax 3 Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Data parameter It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method if you encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the DrawToSize Syntax 2 overloading method Note For Delphi 3
240. nk that s sent from us after you purchase the components package within the validity period If the download link expired please visit the Manage your licenses page to request a new download link Please open the page then enter your order ID license user name or license e mail address to locate your order then click on the oder ID to display it choose a license and click on the Request a new download link the new download link will be sent to this license e mail address automatically Please use the new download link whthin the validity period 5 2 forgot my license key If you forgot the license key please visit the Manage your licenses page to retrieve it Please open the page then enter your order ID license user name or license e mail address to locate your order then click on the oder ID to display it choose a license and click on the Retrieve the license key the license key will be sent to the license e mail address automatically 100 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Chapter 6 Information 6 1 Support This help is designed to be used on screen Many troubleshooting questions can be answered by this help If your question is not covered in the help document please read the next section Technical Support If you have a specific technical issue if you would like to send general comments about the product please reads the following e Please read the Frequently Asked Question in our web site to s
241. nly 145 aii IE i Oca 146 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual RCs eee e aaa 146 B 1 1 ASSI QI 146 Ce OG EEEa 146 B 1 3 CopyTOClipboarde rnin 147 EE ee ee ee ee 147 eg E T 148 Ree 151 B 1 4 Create 152 B 1 5 Destroyer 153 fee Gd E T eee 153 Eee ed EEES 154 BAZA DrawTo Syntax 1 154 B 1 7 2 DrawTo Syntax 2ra 156 ei rrr 159 BAB OW Biber 162 SO ee ee 162 Se 165 B 1 8 3 DrawToSize Syntax 3o smmnnmmsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnuinnnsnnnnsnnnnnsnninnunsnnsinnnnunnnsinnnunnnnunnnunnnunnnunsnninunsnnunsnnnnnnnnnnnn 168 B 1 9 Print PATAAS 171 B 1 9 1 Print Syntax eee 172 B 1 9 2 Print Syntax Qe 174 B 1 9 3 Print Symtax Senna 177 BA JO PEG eccrine 180 CORR CC Se a 180 E EE T on 183 B a a ae a a nn 187 B 1 11 Zene 190 Annex C Eyen See 193 C1 TBarcode 1 Devinn 193 fe ORChaANgE ee 193 C 1 2 OnDecodeText TRarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode1D_EAN 2B uuu 193 1 3 ONDrawBarcoder nnn 194 ey 4 OnDraw Text I CC CC eS 195 C15 OnEncode Barcode 1D Code 126 Barcode ti EAN 128 asinasina 197 C 1 6 OnInvalidChar 198 GAT Carlini CVA a mm 199 C 1 8 OnlnyalidDataLength 199 C 1 9 OnlnyalidLength 200 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Overview 1D Barcode VCL Components is the most flexible and powerful VCL components package which lets you to easily add advanced barcode generation and printing features to your application 1D Barcode VCL Components supports most popular Linear 1D Cloc
242. nt field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Integer Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property Canvas TCanvas Specifies target canvas that the barcode symbol will be represented in it If the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone the parameter is required in order to calculate the width of human readable text Otherwise it will be ignored so you can set it to nil Data AnsiString Specifies the barcode text It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 a
243. ntify mailers using Confirm service The Mailing ID is a 4 or 6 digit field defined by the mailer to identify the actual mailing The last one digit is the checksum digit 68 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 11 or 13 characters othwise 12 or 14 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 42 TBarcode1D_Plessey A A N l The Plessey barcode symbology is known as Plessey Bidirectional It is an older code still popular in some industries and it is a lower density variable length continuous barcode symbology It was developed by the Plessey Company in
244. oard DrawTo DrawToSize Print PrintSize Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later The component is used to create the ITF 14 barcode symbol It s defined in the pITF14 unit 234567890123 This TF 14 barcode symbology is also known as UPC Shipping Container Symbol ITF 14 ITF14 Case Code UPC Case Code EAN UCC 14 EAN 14 UCC 14 DUN 14 GTIN 14 UCC 12 EAN UCC 13 ITF etc It is used to mark cartons cases pallets that contain products which have a UPC or EAN product identification number The value to encode must have the following structure 55 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 1 1 digit for Packaging indicator 2 digits for UPC numbering system or EAN prefix 5 digits for Manufacturer identification number 5 digits for Item identification number a A N 1 digit for Checksum If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true it doesn t need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically calculated Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 13 characters othwise 14 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Co
245. ode VCL Components User Manual 4 1 1 TBarcode1D_AP4SC PMT ULI Ooo rel tL The component is used to create the Australia Post 4 State Customer Barcodes symbol It s defined in the 59 32211324 A124B8 pAP4SC unit The barcode is also known as the 4 State barcode It is used by Australia Post for Postal code and automatic mail sorting Technical Details The Australia Post uses seven different formats of PostBar codes They are specified in the following e Standard Customer Barcode lt FCC gt lt DPID gt o FCC Format Control Code Field Character 11 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 Example 1139987520 e Customer Barcode 2 lt FCC gt lt DPID gt lt Cl gt o FCC Format Control Code Field Character 59 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 o Cl Customer Information Field Property NumCustomerlInfo is set to true Length 0 8 characters Characters set 0 9 Property NumCustomerlInfo is set to false Length 0 5 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z a z and space Example 5932211324A124B e Customer Barcode 3 lt FCC gt lt DPID gt lt Cl gt o FCC Format Control Code Field Character 62 o DPID Sorting Code Field Delivery Point Identifier Length 8 characters Characters set 0 9 o Cl Customer Information Field Property NumCustomerlInfo is set to
246. ode event If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode property is an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding If you want to use other encoding format for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode property For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol An OnInvalidDataChar event will occur if you set the property to other character and an OnInvalidDataLength event will occur if you set the property to 2 or more characters or set it to empty For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol An OnInvalidDataChar event will occur if you set the property to other character and an OnlnvalidDataLength event will occur if you set the property to 2 or more characters or set it to empty For the TBarcodeiD Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the property Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the property Note The property is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For
247. ode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the LeftMargin property 159 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Top Integer Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the top side of the canvas in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too
248. ode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth left spacing and right spacing are included too If the parameter is provided and isn t zero the value in Module parameter will be ignored the module width will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth value If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero the Module parameter will be used See also the BarcodeWidth property BarcodeHeight Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of the barcode symbol before rotation in millimeters or modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars are included too If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero it will be calculated based on the values of Module parameter and the Height property If the parameter is provided and it is not set to zero the value of Height property will
249. ode1D_Telepen 115 A 1 20 ExtraFontSize TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE ett jee 115 4 1 21 FIMType TBarcode1D_FIM isso least AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA AAAA AA 116 A 1 22 FullEncoded AAAA AAA AA AAAA AAAA eS AAAA A AE 116 A 1 23 Guards TBarcode1D_Telepen 117 iA NAN cette 117 A 1 25 HideCheckDigitsText TBarcode1 D_PostBAr 118 A 1 26 Image csc toh SSL LSS 118 P 27 InitialSubSet TBarcode1 D_Code128 TBarcode1 D_EAN128 SSS SC 4 19 A 1 28 InterGap TBarcode1D_PostBar TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_ITF14 etc 119 A 1 29 LeftMargin 120 A 1 30 LeftQuietZoneSpacing TBarcode1 D_UPCA TBarcode1 D UPCE TBarcode1 D_EAN1 3 etc EPRI E 122 A 1 31 LeftSpacing TBarcode_ITF6 TBarcode_ITF14 TBarcode_ITF16 ESPE A S Co ooo eee rene eee 122 A 1 32 Link2D TBarcode1D_EAN128 123 A 1 33 Locked 123 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 34 Mod11 Weighting TBarcode1D_ MSI 124 A 1 35 Mode TBarcode1D_Telepern nnn 124 P o O VVO ee een EEEE SEESE ESEESE ESEESE EE SEE SEESE enna en 125 A 1 37 NumberCheckDigit TBarcode1D_Codet 1 r rrnenenenenenmnnnmnmnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenenenenenennnnnnenennnennnnnannnannns 125 A 1 38 NumCustomerinfo TBarcode1D_ AP4SC rnin 125 A 1 39 OddEncode TBarcode1D_Teleper nnn 126 A 1 40 OO A Oaa EEEE EEE EEEE E 126 A 1 41 Padding TBarcode4D_Code25lnterleaved r 127 A 1 42 PatchType TBarcode1 D_Patch 128 A OG So eee E EEE 128 A 1 44 RightQuietZoneSpacing TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_EAN13
250. omponent 152 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Syntax constructor Create Owner TComponent override Description Call Create to instantiate a barcode object at runtime Barcode components added at design time are created automatically Parameters e Owner TComponent It is the component that is responsible for freeing the barcode instance Typically this is the form It becomes the value of the Owner property B 1 5 Destroy Disposes of the instance of the barcode object Syntax destructor Destroy override Description Destroy is the destructor for a barcode object Do not call the destructor directly in an application Instead call Free Free verifies that the barcode object is not nil before it calls Destroy B 1 6 Draw Redraws current barcode symbol in the Tlmage TQRimage or TQRGzlmage control that s specified by the Image property Syntax function Draw Boolean virtual Description The method redraws the barcode symbol that is specified in the barcode component to the Timage TQRIlmage or TQRGzimage control that s specified by the Image property Return e f the method succeeds the return value is true If the Image property is not set the return value is false If the length of Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property value is invalid the return value is false corresponding to the OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder
251. one it is the same as using the tpBottomOut F o rTBarcodeiD_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 TBarcode1D_PLANET TBarcode1D_PostNet TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_KIX4S TBarcode1D_RM4SCC TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack TBarcode1D_PostBar and TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode components it is the same as using the tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_EAN5 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom it is the same as using the tpBottomOut tpBottomOut Justifies the human readable text to the bottom in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be erased See diagram IMMUN NMNT IM OLUNANI sina eoa N O i taRi anton ightQuietZone IU talu sy P iran azo one Note F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the value of this property will be ignored For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_ EAN128 barcode components if they are used as the Linear property s value of the TBarcode2D_CCA 138 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcode2D_CCB or TBarcode2D_CCC 2D component in the 2D Barcode VCL Components package to generate the EAN UCC composite barcod
252. ontal units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to obtain the correct sizes when the symbol is rotated When the Canvas parameter is set to nil if both HDPI and VDPI are set to 0 it indicates the horizontal resolution is equal to the vertical resolution VDPI Integer Specifies the vertical resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical vertical resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the vertical units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to obtain the correct sizes when the symbol is rotated When the Canvas parameter is set to nil if both HDPI and VDPI are set to 0 it indicates the horizontal resolution is equal to the vertical resolution Return 167 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the Barcode string length is invalid the return value is 1 e If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 e If there is any invalid character in the Barcode string the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character
253. operty then the result will be used as the final barcode width the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final width value it specifies the bottom margin of the barcode symbol 1 denotes the bottom margin is 1 2 denotes the bottom margin is 2 A 1 5 BarColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol Syntax property BarColor TColor Description Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol By default it s clBlack A 1 6 BarColors TBarcode1D_PharmacodeOneTrack TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack Specifies the colors of every bars for TBarcode1D_PharmacodeOneTrack and TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwoTrack components Syntax type Defined in the pPharmacodeOneTrack unit TPharmacodeColors array 0 15 of TColor property BarColors TPharmacodeColors Description The PharmacodeOneTrack and PharmacodeTwoTrack barcode symbols can be printed in multiple colors as a check to ensure that the remainder of the packaging is correctly printed The property is a colors array defined in the pPharmacodeOneTrack unit It specifies the colors of every bars The BarColors 0 specifies the right most bar for barcode symbol See diagram 108 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual BarColors 0 ii A 1 7 BearerBars TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 Specifies how to represent the the bearer bars of the ITF 6 ITF 14 or ITF 16 barcode symbol
254. operty of the TDBBarcode1D component The BindProperty property indicates which property of the TBarcode1D component the data field value will be applied to This property can be one of these values defined in the pDBBarcode1D unit e bpBarcode The data field value will be applied to the Barcode property of the TBarcode1D barcode component for the TBarcode1D_FIM component it s the FIMType property for the TBarcode1D_Patch component it s the PatchType property for the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it s the Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing e bpData The data field value will be applied to the Data property of the TBarcode1D barcode component Note 143 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The property is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later A 2 3 DataField Specifies the field from which the TDBBarcode1D component represents barcode symbol Syntax property DataField string Description Use DataField to bind the TDBBarcode1D component to a field in the dataset To fully specify a data field both the dataset and the field within that dataset must be defined The DataSource property of the TDBBarcode1D component specifies the dataset which contains the data field The data field should be specifed as a string bytes blob memo etc field For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early when aT
255. or Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property are 59 62 or 44 It includes all characters from 11th character to end of the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and enables customers to include their own information in the barcode If the value of NumCustomerInfo property is set to true only the digits 0 to 9 can be used in the Customer Information Field If the value of NumCustomerinfo property is set to false the uppercase character A to Z lowercase characters a to z digits 0 to 9 space and characters can be used in the Customer Information Field The maximum length of the Customer Information field is specified in the following table FCC NumCustomerInfo True NumCustomerInfo False 44 15 digits 10 characters 59 8 digits 5 characters 62 15 digits 10 characters A 1 39 OddEncode TBarcode1D_Telepen Controls how to encode an odd number of digits in the Numeric mode of the Telepen barcode symbology Syntax type Defined in the pTelepen unit TTelepenOddEncode toeUSeNULL toeToASCII toeUseZero property OddEncode TTelepenOddEncode Description In the Numeric mode of the Telepen barcode symbology only an even number of digits can be encoded The property controls how to encode an odd number of digits It can be one of these values defined in the pTelepen unit e toeUseNULL It s encoded by using the 1X to 9X characterts in
256. perty of the TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 or TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode component is set to true For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components it s the margin between the right bearer bar and the top side of the Tlimage TQRlmage or TQRGzimage control When the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment property is set to taLeft taLeftQuietZone taCenter or taCenterQuietZone if the human readable text exceeds the end of the barcode symbol it s the margin between the end of the human readable text and the top side of the Tlimage TQRImage or TQRGzimage control See diagram TopMargin A 1 64 Tracking TBarcode1D_OneCode Specifies the tracking code for OneCode barcode symbol Syntax property Tracking string Description Specifies the tracking code for the TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode component It s 20 digits and it shall consist of the Barcode Identifier Service Type Identifier Mailer Identifier and Serial Number fields in the order specified in the following list 141 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Barcode Identifier This shall be assigned by USPS to encode the presort identification that is currently printed in human readable form on the optional endorsement line OEL as well as for future USPS use This shall be two digits with the second digit in the range of 0 4 The allowable encoding ranges shall be 00 04 10 14 20
257. perty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property only first byte will be used For the TBarcode1D_Patch component if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the first character of the data field value will be applied to its PatchType property If the BindProperty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property only first byte will be used For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the BindProperty property is set to bpBarcode the data field value will applied to its Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing If the BindProperty property is set to bpData the data field value will be applied to its Data property first 20 bytes are the tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 bytes then come the routing You can bind multiple TDBBarcode1D components to one data field in order to represent the data field with multiple barcode symbols A 2 4 DataSource Links the TDBBarcode1D component to the dataset that contains the field it represents Syntax property DataSource TDataSource Description Use DataSource to specify the data source component through which the data from a dataset component is provided to the TDBBarcode1D component To fully specify a data field for the TDBBarcode1D component both the dataset and a field within that dataset must be defin
258. pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical vertical resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the vertical units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to obtain the correct sizes when the symbol is rotated When the Canvas parameter is set to nil if both HDPI and VDPI are set to 0 it indicates the horizontal resolution is equal to the vertical resolution Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the length of the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property is invalid the return value is 1 Corresponding to the OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur e If there is any invalid character in the the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the invalid character in the Tracking property the index is from 1 to 20 including 1 and
259. r that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol 166 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Barcode property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Specifies whether to display the human readable text and how to display the human readable text The record is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeTextDefine record e Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Integer Specifies the module width in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to z
260. r the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 34 TBarcode1D_KIX4S Uy ete gag eget p hhehihihi The component is used to create the Royal TPG Post KIX 4 State KIX4S barcode symbol It s defined in ABC1234567890 the pKIX4S unit 60 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The KIX 4 State barcode symbology is known as Kix Barcode Klantenindex client index Barcode Dutch KIX 4 State Bar Code Dutch KIX TPG KIX and TPGPOST KIX It is used by Royal Dutch TPG Post TNT Post Group Netherlands for Postal code and automat mail sorting It provides information about the address of the receiver It encodes alpha numeric characters 0 9 A Z Technical Details The formats of the KIX 4 State barcode are specified in the following e Postcode Length 6 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z It consists of 4 numbers 0 9 then 2 letters A Z House Mailbox or Freephone number Length variable maximum 5 characters Characters set 0 9 e Separation stabbing Length 1 characters Characters set X It is required if the Additions number exists e Additions number Optional Length variable maximum 6 characters Characters set 0 9 A Z Example 2130VA80430 Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw OnlnvalidDataLength e BarColor e Size e OnDraw
261. rawTo InterGap BarColor DrawToSize Print SpaceColor Orientation PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShowGuards e FullEncoded Locked pi n The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 17 TBarcode1D_Code93 ABC123456789 0 The component is used to create the Code 93 barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode93 unit The Code 93 barcode symbology is also known as ANSI AIM Code 93 ANSI AIM Code 93 Uniform Symbology Specification Code 93 USS Code 93 USS 93 Code 9 3 USS 93 USD 3 etc It is a continuous higher density variable length barcode symbology It was designed to complement and improve upon Code 339 It offers higher information density for alphanumeric data than Code 39 Code 93 also incorporates two check digits as an added measure of security Although Code 93 is considered more robust than Code 39 it has never achieved the same popularity as Code 39 39 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Technical Details e Characters set 0 9 A Z 7 and space e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Da
262. readable text Syntax property HideCheckDigitsText Boolean Description For the PostBar barcode symbology the property specifies whether to hide the check digits from the human readable text If it s set to true the check digits will be hidden from the human readable text even if the DisplayText property is set to dtFullEncoded This property is useful only for the TBarcode1D_PostBar barcode component A 1 26 Image Specifies a Tlmage TQRImage or TQRGzImage control to represent the barcode symbol Syntax property Image TControl Description Specifies a TImage control to represent the barcode symbol The barcode picture will not be saved into the DFM file in design time If you use the component with QuickReport you may specifiey a TQRImage or TQRGzimage control for the property You can link single Timage TQRIimage or TQRGzlImage control to multipleTBarcode1D components in order to display multiple barcode symbols in the Timage TQRlmage or TQRGzlmage control using theLeftMargin and TopMargin properties to specify the position for every barcode symbol 118 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual A 1 27 InitialSubSet TBarcode1D_Code128 TBarcode1D_EAN128 Specifies an initial characters subset for a TBarcode1D_Code128 component or a TBarcode1D_EAN128 component Syntax type Defined in the pCodel128 unit TCodel28SubSet cssSubAuto cssSubSetA cssSubSetB cssSubSetC property InitialSubSet TCo
263. readable text will be reserved If the TextAlignment field is set to taJustify or taJustifyQuietZone it is the same as using the tpBottomOut F o rTBarcodeD_ITF6 TBarcodeD_ITF14 TBarcodeD_ITF16 TBarcodeD_PLANET TBarcodeD_PostNet TBarcodeD_JapanPost TBarcodeD_AP4SC TBarcodeD_KIX4S TBarcodeD_RM4SCC TBarcodeD_PharmacodeTwotTrack TBarcodeD_PostBar and TBarcodeD_OneCode barcode components it is the same as using the tpBottomOut For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_EAN5 barcode components if the TextAlignment field is set to taCustom it is the same as using the tpBottomOut See diagram I IU mwg u ta MH reeht sni E pi ia Emerouis etZone tal akides Hi iit see o tpBottomOut Justifies the human readable text to the bottom in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be erased See diagram IMI A IMM A ent Te ATIE A ta LefeftaLeftQuietZon e taCenter ra canatl rQuietZone taRi Ral ri A SR e IMM NU ee man aan wa taju stify talus tify QuietZone See also the TextPosition property e TextAlignment TTextAlignment Determines the horizontal alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol This field can be one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit o taLeft Aligns the human readable text to the left within the barcode sy
264. reate e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont ExtraFontSize TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing e LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 83 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 4 1 52 TBarcode1D_UPU E 1234 5678 SCN E The component is used to create the UPU barcode symbol It s defined in the pUPU unit The UPU barcode symbology is used by the barcode supported system of tracking which is able to inform the sender as well as the receiver permanently about the actual position of their consignment For that all consignments will be provided with an UPU linear barcode These barcodes will be each scanned from taking over the consignment at each change of means of transportation The datas will be passed on to the relevant computers by means of telecommunication The permanent data input creates a curricul
265. rights under this EULA provided the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA Termination o Without prejudice to any other rights the Author of this Software may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA In such event you must destroy all copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT and all of its components parts Distribution o 103 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The SOFTWARE PRODUCT may not be sold or be included in a product or package which intends to receive benefits through the inclusion of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT The registered SOFTWARE PRODUCT may not be included in any frer or non profit packages or products 3 COPYRIGHT All title and copyrights in and to the SOFTWARE PRODUCT including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE PRODUCT the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT are owned by the Author of this Software The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected b copyright laws and international treaty provisions Therefore you must treat the SOFTWARE PRODUCT like any other copyrighted material except that you may install the SOFTWARE PRODUCT on a single computer provided you keep the original solely for backup or archival purposes MISCELLANEOUS Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact the author of this Software for any rea
266. ription Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol A check digit is a form of redundancy check used for error detection It consists of a single character computed from the other character in the barcode text A 1 2 Barcode Specifies the barcode text Syntax property Barcode string Description Specifies the barcode text to encode it into the barcode symbol If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true the check digit doesn t need to be entered in the here otherwise the check digit can be specified by you in here The OnChange event will occur when the property value is changed The OnlnvalidChar event will occur if there is any invalid character in the Barcode property value and the OnInvalidLength event will occur if the length of the Barcode property value is invalid The property is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early it is of type AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the property is an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding If you want to use other encoding format for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or specify the converted string in the property Also you can use the property to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C
267. ro When the Orientation property is set to boLeftRight or boRightLeft the TopMargin property value and the absolute value of the negative height will be subtracted from the height of the Tlimage TQRlmage or TQRGzlmage control that s specified by the Image property then the result will be used as the final barcode height the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final height value it specifies the bottom margin of the barcode symbol 1 denotes the bottom margin is 1 2 denotes the bottom margin is 2 When the Orientation property is set to boTopBottom or boBottomTop the LeftMargin property value and the absolute value of the negative height will be subtracted from the width of the Timage TQRimage or TQRGzlimage control that s 106 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual specified by the Image property then the result will be used as the final barcode height the barcode symbol will be reduced stretched to fit this final height value it specifies the right margin of the barcode symbol 1 denotes the right margin is 1 2 denotes the right margin is 2 A 1 4 BarcodeWidth Specifies the distance between the beginning and end of a barcode symbol in pixels Syntax property BarcodeWidth Integer Description Specifies the distance between the beginning and end of a barcode symbol in pixels See diagram 213213 ll Barcodewidth For TBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBar
268. roperty specifies which start code and the stop code will be used It can be one of these values defined in the pTelepen unit e tgAuto Automatically select the start code and stop code base on the value of Mode property each encode mode having its own pair of start code and stop code e tgASCll Always use the ASCII mode s start code and stop code even if the Mode property is set to tmNumeric e tgCustom Use the special start code and stop code e tgNoStop Use the ASCII mode s start code but don t use a stop code A 1 24 Height Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules Syntax property Height Integer 117 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Description Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included See diagram ii I Height For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See diagram If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See diagram Cc Height aaa m3230 m3231 F A 1 25 HideCheckDigitsText TBarcode1D_PostBar Specifies whether to hide the check digits from the human
269. roperty isn t specified e The event is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later C 1 9 OnInvalidLength Occurs when the length of the Barcode FIMType Only for TBarcode1D_FIM component PatchType Only for TBarcode1D_Patch component Tracking Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component or Routing Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component property is invalid Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodelD unit TOnInvalidLength procedure Sender TObject Barcode string of object property OnInvalidLength TOnInvalidLength Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called e Barcode String The invalid value of the Barcode FIMType Only for TBarcode1D_ FIM component PatchType Only for TBarcode1D_Patch component Tracking Only for TBarcodeiD_OneCode component or Routing Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component property For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing Note e If the Locked property is set to false the event occurs when any component property is changed to cause the barcode is redrew or when the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specified e If the Locked property is set to true the event occurs when the Locked property is set to false to cause the b
270. s in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in the OnEncode event or use the DrawTo Syntax 3 overloading method and specify the converted string in its Data paramater If you want to encode block of binary bytes data please use the DrawTo Syntax 3 overloading method Syntax 3 Draws the barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method The barcode text is specified in the Data parameter It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the DrawTo Syntax 2 overloading method Note For Delphi 3 the method overload isn t supported so the method names of Syntax 1 and Syntax 2 are changed to DrawTo1 and DrawTo2 B 1 7 1 DrawTo Syntax 1 Draws a barcode symbol on the specified canvas The barcode symbol is specified in the properties of this barcode component Syntax function DrawTo Canvas TCanvas Left Top
271. s the vertical resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical vertical resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the vertical units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to represent the 155 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual correct barcode symbol when the symbol is rotated Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the length of the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property is invalid the return value is 1 Corresponding to the OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur e If there is any invalid character in the the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character Corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component if the invalid character in the Tracking property the index is from 1 to 20 including 1 and 20
272. se Agreement You must accept the terms of this agreement before continuing with the installation And then click on the Next button 6 Type your email address and the license key that they are sent from us after you purchase the components package they are not case sensitive And then click on the Next button If you forgot the license key please visit the Manage your licenses page to retrieve it Please open the page then enter your order ID license user name or license e mail address to locate your order then click on the oder ID to display it choose a license and click on the Retrieve the license key the license key will be sent to the license e mail address automatically 7 Specify a target folder it will be created if does not exist the components package will be installed into it And then click on the Next button 8 All supported Delphi and C Builder IDEs will be listed automatically according on the existing IDEs in your computer Please select the IDEs you want to install to them And then click on the Next button Note The Delphi 3 4 5 6 7 2005 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder 4 5 6 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle are supported now The Delph 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle are lis
273. sed So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the horizontal units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to represent the correct barcode symbol when the symbol is rotated VDPI Integer Specifies the vertical resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical vertical resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the vertical units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to represent the correct barcode symbol when the symbol is rotated Return If the method succeeds the return value is zero If the Barcode string length is invalid the return value is 1 If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 158 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e If there is any invalid character in the Barcode string the return value is the position index of first invalid character the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character See diagram Module Ratio M lodule Top Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to DrawTo2
274. so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZN characters do not need to be entered in the parameter See also the Data property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the AutoCheckDigit property BarColor TColor Specifies the color for all bars in the barcode symbol See also the BarColor property SpaceColor TColor Specifies the color for all spaces in the barcode symbol If the human readable text is represent the color will be used as its background color the foreground color is specified using the TextFont field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 components theleft spacing and theright spacing will be r
275. son please contact him at the email address mentioned at the bottom of this EULA LIMITED WARRANTY 1 NO WARRANTIES The Author of this Software expressly disclaims any warranty for the SOFTWARE PRODUCT The SOFTWARE PRODUCT an any related documentation is provided as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied including without limitation the implied warranties or merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or non infringement The entire risk arising out of use or performance of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT remains with you 2 NO LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES In no event shall the author of this Software be liable for any damages whatsoever including without limitation damages for loss of business profits business interruption loss of business information or any other pecuniary loss arising out of the use of or inability to use this product even if the Author of this Software has been advised of the possibility of such damages Because some states jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability for consequential or incidental damages the above limitation may not apply to you CONTACT US Please sent email to the sales han soft com email address 104 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Annex A Properties A 1 TBarcode1D A 1 1 AutoCheckDigit Specifies whether the check digit should be automatically appended to the barcode symbol Syntax property AutoCheckDigit Boolean Desc
276. stom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components all bearer bars the left and right spacing are included in the barcode symbol too If the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property Barcode String Specifies the barcode text It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater Also you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data If you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString By default the unicode string will be converted to an ANSI encoding string then be encoded into the barcode symbol If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it
277. such a sequence Also the FNC 1 FNC 2 and FNC 3 symbols can be used for special purposes You can use the escape sequences 1 2 and 3 to place them to the barcode text Note if you want to place the character to barcode text please use the escape sequence See also the InitialSubSet and the EncodeMode properties Technical Details e Characters set All 128 ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 characters with ASCII values 128 to 255 may also be encoded 29 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events Create OnChange OnEncode OnDecodeText OnlInvalidChar e Image Barcode Destroy Data Module Assign Clear Height Draw OnInvalidLength OnInvalidDataChar OnInvalidDataLength OnDrawText e Ratio Size AutoCheckDigit EncodeMode CopyToClipboard DrawTo InitialSubSet DrawToSize OnDrawBarcode CurrentSubSet Print BarColor PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked The Data property OnEncode OnDecodeText OnlInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 9 TBarcode1D_Code25Datalogic 12345678
278. symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolWidth Double Returns the distance between the leading and trailing of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the width of human readable text will be consulted Otherwise it will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE
279. symbology is also known as UPC Shipping Container Symbol ITF 6 ITF6 etc It is a shortened version of ITF 14 and is specified by GS1 Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 58 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Length Fixed 6 digits e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText SplitText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing LeftSpacing RightSpacing e BearerBars BearerWidth FullEncoded Locked pi lt The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 33 TBarcode1D_JapanPost N cu lo ooo a LoL The component is used to create the Japan Postal 4 State barcode symbol It s defined in the 123 45 6 7 8 9 0 A pHJapanPost unit The Japan Postal 4 State barcode is a clocked barcode similar in appearance to 4 State code with a mod 19 checkdigit It will accept 59 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual di
280. t and right bearer bars BearerWidth left spacing and right spacing are included too If the parameter is provided and isn t zero the value in Module parameter will be ignored the module width will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth value If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero the Module parameter will be used See also the BarcodeWidth property BarcodeHeight Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of the barcode symbol before rotation in millimeters or modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars are included too If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero it will be calculated based on the values of Module parameter and the Height property If the parameter is provided and it is not set to zero the value of Height property will be ignored If it s greater than zero it specifies the height in millimeters If it s less than zero the absolute value of the parameter specifies the height in modules Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the length of the barcode text that is specified by Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property is invalid
281. t exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included in the barcode symbol too See also the TopMargin property Data AnsiString Specifies the barcode text It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the Print Syntax 2 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix so if you want to encode the character please use the instead of it For the TBarcode1D_OneCode component first 20 characters are the Tracking It is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type and it can be set to 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Code32 component First A character does not need to be entered in the parameter Also for the TBarcode1D_PZN component First PZ
282. t s set to zero it will be calculated based on the values of Module parameter and the Height property If the parameter is provided and it is not set to zero the value of Height property will be ignored If it s greater than zero it specifies the height in millimeters If it s less than zero the absolute value of the parameter specifies the height in modules Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 0 if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction HDPI Integer Specifies the physical horizontal resolution of printer in DPI dots per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the horizontal resolution will be obtained from your printer VDPI Integer Specifies the physical vertical resolution of printer in DPI dots per inch It defaults to 0 if the VDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the vertical resolution will be obtained from your printer Return e f the method succeeds the return value is zero e If the string length of Barcode parameter is invalid the return value is 1 e If all of the Module BarcodeWidth and BarcodeHeight parameters are less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 e If the Ratio parameter is less than or equal to zero the return value is 2 e f there is any invalid character in the Barcode parameter the return value is the position index of
283. t s the value of the TextPosition field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter It specifies the position of the human readable text specifies the vertical alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol This field can have one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit o tpTopln Justifies the human readable text to the top in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be reserved See diagram TextAlign ignment ment TextAl ent TextAlignment taLeft taLeftQuietZone taCenter taCenterQuietZone taRight taRightQuietZone 2 4 If the TextAlignment field is set to taJustify or taJustifyQuietZone it is the same as using the tpTopOut F o rTBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 TBarcode1D_ITF16 TBarcode1D_PLANET TBarcode1D_PostNet 87 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcode1D_JapanPost TBarcode1D_AP4SC TBarcode1D_KIX4S TBarcode1D_RM4SCC TBarcode1D_PharmacodeTwotTrack TBarcode1D_PostBar and TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode components it is the same as using the tpTopOut For TBarcode1D_EAN2 and TBarcode1D_EAN5 barcode components if the TextAlignment field is set to taCustom it is the same as using the tp TopOut o tpTopOut Justifies the human readable text to the top in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be erased See dia
284. t to decode the text from the block of binary bytes data in order to output it as the barcode text into the barcode symbol and the field is equal to the BarcodeText parameter of the OnDecodeText event function For the TBarcode1D_FIM component it is single character that denotes the FIM type form A to E the E character dnotes an empty barcode symbol For the TBarcode1D_Patch component it is single character that denotes the Ptach type including 0 1 2 3 4 6 and T the 0 character dnotes an empty barcode symbol DisplayText TDisplayText Current value of the DisplayText property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the value of the DisplayText field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter It specifies whether to represent the human readable text and what will display as the human readable text This field can have one of following values defined in the pCore1D unit o dtNone Don t represent the human readable text o dtBarcode Represent the barcode text that is specified in the Barcode parameter o dtFullEncoded Represent the barcode text that is specified in the Barcode parameter and the check digit that s automatically appended to the barcode symbol See also the DisplayText property TextPosition TTextPosition Current value of the TextPosition property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods i
285. tHSpacing Specifies the horizontal spacing between the barcode symbol and the human readable text in modules Syntax property TextHSpacing Integer Description Specifies the horizontal spacing between the barcode symbol and the human readable text in modules This property is useful only when the DisplayText property isn t set to dtNone the TextPosition property is set to tpTopIn or tpBottomIn and the TextAlignment property is set totaLeft taRight taCenter or taCustom See diagram hE ae ln TextHSpacing TextHSpacing A 1 61 TextPosition Specifies the position of the human readable text Specifies the vertical alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut property TextPosition TTextPosition Description Specifies the position of the human readable text Specifies the vertical alignment of the human readable text within the barcode symbol This property can be one of these values defined in the pCore1D unit 137 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e tpToplin Justifies the human readable text to the top in the barcode symbol the bars and spaces on both left and right sides of the human readable text will be reserved See diagram 23456789012 ma i Mii tal ERO eoni usi a He erula etZone tal aRigheiea Hl a
286. tVSpacing TextHSpacing ExtraFontSize LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing properties are useful the value of other properties will be ignored and they will be set automatically depending on the settings of the 2D barcode component In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 11 characters othwise 12 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous 78 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont ExtraFontSize TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi ia The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 49 TBarcode1D_UPCE 1 23
287. ta e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio e Size e OnDrawText e AutoCheckDigit e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi sani The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 18 TBarcode1D_Code93Ext ABC1234567890a I The Code 93 Extended barcode symbology is also known as Code 39 Full ASCII etc It is an extended version of Code 93 that supports all 128 ASCII characters The characters represented byCode 93 are represented in Code 93 Extended as single bar code characters but all other characters are represented by a control character plus another character The component is used to create the Code 93 Extended barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode93Ext unit 40 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Technical Details e Characters set All 128 ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Data e Assign e Onlnva
288. tal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth the left spacing and the right spacing are included too SymbolHeight Double Returns the distance between the top and bottom of the rotated barcode symbol in millimeters Before rotation if the human readable text is represented the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property 184 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Barcode String Specifies the barcode text It is of type string For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiString For Delphi C Builder 2009 or later it is in fact an UnicodeString instead of AnsiString For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components if you use them in the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the Barcode parameter is in fact an AnsiSting in ANSI encoding scheme If you want to use other encoding scheme for example the UTF 8 UTF 16 please convert it in theOnEncode event or specify the converted string in the Barcode paramater
289. tax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called it s equal to the value of the Barcode property If one of the DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawToSize Syntax 2 Print Syntax 2 PrintSize Syntax 2 method is called it s equal to the value of its Barcode parameter For Delphi C Bilder 2009 or later If theData property is changed or one of the Clear Draw Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called it s equal to the value of the Data property If one of the DrawTo Syntax 3 DrawToSize Syntax 3 Print Syntax 3 PrintSize Syntax 3 method is called it s equal to the value of its Data parameter Note If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true and the DisplayText property is set to dtFullEncoded the check digit will be inserted to the parameter too Note For the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later the event doesn t occur when the DrawTo syntax 2 DrawToSize syntax 2 Print syntax 2 or PrintSize syntax 2 method is called C 1 3 OnDrawBarcode Occurs after representing the barcode symbol Write an OnDrawBarcode event handler to modify the barcode symbol after it was represented Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodelD unit 194 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcodeCustomParameters record Alpha Double Origin TPoint offset TPoint DensityRate Double FullEncoded string Text string DisplayTe
290. tax 3 Copies a barcode symbol to the system clipboard The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Syntax type Defined in the pCorel1D unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded Defined in the pCorel1D unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom function CopyToClipboard Data AnsiString AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarColor SpaceColor TColor BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description Copies a barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method to the system clipboard Parameters e Data AnsiString Specifies the barcode text It is of type AnsiString so you can specifiy the barcode text in AnsiString format The method is available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components you can use the method to encode a block of binary bytes data under Delphi C Builder 2009 or later If you want to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the CopyToClipboard Syntax 2 overloading method Note the character is used as a escape prefix
291. ted as RAD Studio Delphi amp C Builder 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle 9 Specify a shortcuts folder in Start Menu for the components package And then click on the Next button Later you can open the manual or remove the components package in the shortcuts folder 10 Click on the Install button to complete the components package installation 11 Click on the Finish button to close the installation dialog box 12 You can start your IDE to use the components package now Note e If multi user accounts want to use the components package please install it into the same folder in each user session e After installation please delete all dcu files in your projects that they are built using the trial release of the components package then re build these projects e For Delphi XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle both 3 bit and 64 bit components are included 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Chapter 3 Quick start 3 1 How to use the barcode components Usage 1 Put aTBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form 2 Put a Tlmage control to your form 3 Set the Image property of the barcode component to the Timage control You can link single Timage control to multiple TBarcode1D components in order to display multiple barcode
292. the ReadOnly property is set to false for the Delphi C Builder 2007 or early the user can change the field value by changing the Barcode property value of the TBarcode1D barcode component specified in the Barcode1D property of the TDBBarcode1D component for the TBarcode1D_FIM component it s the FIMType property for the TBarcode1D_Patch component it s the PatchType property for the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it s the Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing For the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later if the BindProperty is set to bpBarcode the user can change the field value by changing the Barcode property value of the TBarcode1D barcode component specified in the Barcode1D property of the TDBBarcode1D component for the TBarcode1D_FIM component it s the FIMType property for the TBarcode1D_Patch component it s the PatchType property for the TBarcode1D_OneCode component it s the Tracking and Routing properties the first 20 characters are the Tracking it is right padded with zeroes to 20 characters then come the Routing If the BindProperty is set to bpData the user can change the field value by changing the Data property value of the TBarcode1D barcode component specified in the Barcode1D property of the TDBBarcode1D component 145 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Annex B Methods B 1 TBarcode1D B 1 1 Assign Copi
293. the TBarcodeTextDefine record Ratio Double Specifies ratio between a wide bar or space and a narrow bar or space in the barcode symbol The normal values are from 2 0 to 3 0 If the parameter is less than or equal to zero the method fails and the return value is 2 See also the Ratio property Module Double Specifies the module width in millimeters it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the BarcodeWidth parameter is greater than zero the value in the Module will be ignored the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth parameter If both Module and BarcodeWidth parameters are less than or equal to zero the BarcodeHeight parameter must be set to greater than zero the module value will be calculated based on the BarcodeHeight parameter and the Height property 188 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual See also the Module property BarcodeWidth Double Specifies the barcode symbol width before rotation in millimeters If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in the width value F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone m
294. the black ink barcode system used by Canada Post in its automated mail sorting and delivery operations Canada Post uses nine different formats of PostBar codes three 70 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual domestic barcodes used on mail within Canada two global codes used to route mail outside Canada three service codes used on customer applied barcodes and an internal code used for testing maintenance and tracking purposes by Canada Technical Details The formats of the PostBar codes are specified in the following e Domestic o Format D07 Z ANANAN Z Data Content Identifier Character A ANANAN Postal Code Length 6 characters Characters set A 0 9 N A Z Example AK1A7R8 o Format D12 Z ANANAN ZZZZ Z Data Content Identifier Character B ANANAN Postal Code Length 6 characters Characters set A 0 9 N A Z ZZZZ Address Information Length 4 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example BK1A4S21234 o Format D22 Z ANANAN ZZZZ ZZZZZZZZZZZ a Z Data Content Identifier Character C ANANAN Postal Code Length 6 characters Characters set A 0 9 N A Z ZZZZ Address Information Length 4 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z ZZZZZZZZZZZ Customer Information Length 0 11 characters Characters set SPACE 0 9 A Z Example CL3B4T91420CFFMIPLXF6V e Global o Format G12 Z NNN ZZZZZZZZ Z Data Content I
295. the method overload isn t supported so the method names of Syntax 1 and Syntax 2 are changed to DrawToSize1 and DrawToSize2 B 1 8 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Returns the horizontal width and vertical height of a rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels The barcode symbol is specified in the properties of this barcode component Syntax function DrawToSize var TotalWidth TotalHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer Canvas TCanvas Module Integer 0 Height Integer 0 Angle Integer 1 HDPI Integer 0 VDPI Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description The method returns the horizontal width and vertical height of the rotated barcode symbol that is specified by properties of this barcode component in logical dots or pixels Parameters e TotalWidth Integer Returns the horizontal width of the rotated barcode symbol in logical dots or pixels in the horizontal direction Before rotation if the human readable text is represented both the width of human readable text and the height of the human readable text including its vertical spacing will be consulted Otherwise they will not be consulted Note if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal or vertical direction the excess is included 162 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN
296. theLeftMargin and TopMargin properties to specify the position for every barcode symbol Note If the barcode symbol cannot be read please don t reduce stretch width of the barcode symbol set the Stretch property to false You can change the barcode symbol width by changing its Module property value Also please check whether the TQRimage or TQRGzimage control is large enough to accommodate entire barcode symbol 3 4 How to use the barcode components with FastReport Usage 1 Edit your report put a TfrxPictureView control to your report in order to present the barcode symbol 2 Put a TBarcode1D barcode component such as the TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_EAN13 and TBarcode1D_Code128 to your form that the TfrxReport component is in it Also put a TDBBarcode1D component to the form and link the TBarcode1D component to the TDBBarcode1D component if the database support is required 3 Create the OnBeforePrint event function for the TfrxReport component In the event function change the properties of the TBarcode1D component such as Barcode Module and Ratio and adjust the bitmap size of the TfrxPictureView control in order to accommodate entire barcode symbol then use the DrawTo method of the TBarcode1D component to draw the barcode symbol to the TfrxPictureView control For example var BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight SymbolWidth SymbolHeight Integer begin BarcodelD Code391 Barcode 1235678 BarcodelD Code391 Module
297. tio Module Top z z 3 BarcodeHeight BarcodeWidth z d F INN 131235 BarcodeWidth Note For Delphi 3 the method overload and default value of parameter aren t supported so the method name is changed to Print2 and the parameters Module BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight and Angle are required B 1 9 3 Print Syntax 3 Prints a barcode symbol to printer The barcode symbol is specified in the parameters of this method Pelase use the method between the Printer BeginDoc and the Printer EndDoc methods Syntax type Defined in the pCore1lD unit TBarcodeTextDefine record DisplayText TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer end function Print Left Top Double Data AnsiString AutoCheckDigit Boolean BarColor SpaceColor TColor BarcodeTextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine Ratio Double Module Double 0 BarcodeWidth Integer 0 BarcodeHeight Double 0 Angle Integer 0 Integer overload virtual Description Prints a barcode symbol that is specified in the parameters of this method to the printer Parameters e Left Double Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the left side of the paper in millimeters If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EA
298. tion e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi sai 4 1 14 TBarcode1D_Code32 Events e OnChange e OnlnvalidChar e OnlnvalidLength e OnlnvalidDataChar e OnlnvalidDataLength e OnDrawText e OnDrawBarcode The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 35 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The component is used to create the Code 32 barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode32 unit Ih The Code 32 barcode symbology is also known as Italian Pharmacode IMH Codice 32 Pharmacode Codice Al Farmaceutico Italiano Radix 32 Barcode etc It is mainly used to encode pharmaceutical products in Italy It has the following structure 1 An A character ASCII 65 which is not really encoded It does not need to be entered in theBarcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property 2 8 digits for Pharmacode It generally begins is prefixed with 0 zero 3 1 digit for Checksum If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true it doesn t need to be entered in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property and it will be automatically calculated Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 8 characters othwise 9 characters the check digit can be specif
299. tion if the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess is included too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too See also the Height property Return e f the method succeeds the return value is true e If the length of Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property value is invalid the return value is false corresponding to the OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur If there is any invalid character in the Barcode or Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later property value the return value is false corresponding to the OnInvalidChar or OnInvalidDataChar only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur Note If the Image property is not set the human readable text will not be consulted See diagram Width SymbolWidth 191 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual 192 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual C Annex C Events 1 TBarcode1D C 1 1 OnChange Occurs when the barcode symbol of the barcode component is changed include following properties Barcode If exists Data Only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later FIMType Only for TBarco
300. to create the UPC A barcode symbol It s defined in the pUPCA unit 1 77 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual manufacturer and specific product so point of sale cash register systems can automatically look up the price The UPC A Code and the assignment of manufacturer ID numbers is controlled in the USA by the Uniform Code Council UCC The value to encode by UPC A has the following structure 1 1 digit for Number System 0 Regular UPC codes 1 Reserved 2 Random weight items marked at the store 3 National Drug Code and National Health Related Items code 4 No format restrictions for in store use on non food items 5 For use on coupons 6 Reserved 7 Regular UPC codes 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 2 5 digits for Manufacturer Company Code or prefix This number is assigned by the Uniform Code Council UCC 3 5 digits for Product Code which is assigned by the manufacturer 4 1 digit for check digit An EAN 2 or an EAN 5 barcode may be added The UPC A barcode symbol can be used together with a 4 column CC A or a 4 column CC B 2D symbol to create the EAN UCC composite symbol If you use the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the component can be used as the value of the Liner property of the CC A or CC B 2D barcode component to create the EAN UCC composite symbols In such case onlyBarcode Data only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later AutoCheckDigit Height DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont Tex
301. to encode a block of binary bytes data into a barcode symbol under Delphi C Builder 2007 or early please use the Print Syntax 2 overloading method 171 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Note For Delphi 3 the method overload isn t supported so the method names of Syntax 1 and Syntax 2 are changed to Print1 and Print2 B 1 9 1 Print Syntax 1 Prints a barcode symbol to printer The barcode symbol is specified in the properties of this barcode component Pelase use the method between Printer BeginDoc and Printer EndDoc methods Syntax function Print Left Top Module Double BarcodeWidth Double 0 BarcodeHeight Double 0 Angle Integer 1 Integer overload virtual Description Prints current barcode symbol that is specified in the properties of this barcode component to the printer Parameters e Left Double Specifies the margin between the barcode symbol and the left side of the paper in millimeters If the human readable text is represented it s included in the barcode symbol F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcodeiD_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is represented and the TextAlignment property is set to taCustom the left and right quiet zones marks and their horizontal spacing are included in the barcode symbol too For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16
302. to specify a barcode text in AnsiString format and encode it into the barcode symbol Or use the Data property to encode a block of binary bytes data into the barcode symbol only for the TBarcode1D_Code128 and the TBarcode1D_EAN128 components The event occurs if there is any invalid character in the Data property Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodel1D unit TOnInvalidDataChar procedure Sender TObject Index Integer DataChar AnsiChar of object property OnInvalidDataChar TOnInvalidDataChar Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called e Index Integer The index position of first invalid character in the Data property the index 1 denotes that the first character is invalid character e DataChar AnsiChar The first invalid character in the barcode text that is specified by the Data property Note e If the Locked property is set to false the event occurs when any component property is changed to cause the barcode is redrew or when the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specified e If the Locked property is set to true the event occurs when the Locked property is set to false to cause the barcode is redrew or the Draw Clear Size DrawTo Syntax 1 DrawToSize Syntax 1 Print Syntax 1 or PrintSize Syntax 1 method is called Even if the Image property isn t specif
303. ue of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 1 if the Angle is not provided and the barcode symbol will be rotated base on the value of the Orientation property o boLeftRight 0 degrees o boRightLeft 180 degrees o boTopBottom 270 degrees o boBottomTop 90 degrees If you want to use the 1 degrees the 359 degrees can be used instead HDPI Integer Specifies the horizontal resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical horizontal resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the horizontal units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to represent the correct barcode symbol when the symbol is rotated VDPI Integer Specifie
304. um vitae for each consignement questionable from customers It has the following structure 1 Service Indicators 2 continuous digits or combination of letters service indicators prefixes for internal services Countries are free to use whatever service indicators prefixes they wish for internal service 2 Track Code 10 continuous digits Countries are free to use 3 Checking Digit 1 digit for checking digit If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to true it can be set to a or a digit from 0 to 9 The checking digit will be calculated automatically and replace the dight you set in the barcode If the AutoCheckDigit property is set to false it can be only set to a dignt from 0 to 9 4 Country Code Consists of two capital letters corresponding ISO standard ISO 3166 Technical Details e Characters set 0 9 A Z 7 and space e Length Fixed 13 characters e Code type Linear 1D Discrete 84 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods pi ia Create Image Barcode Destroy Data Module Assign Clear Height Draw Ratio Size AutoCheckDigit ShowGuards CopyToClipboard DrawTo DrawToSize InterGap SplitText Print BarColor PrintSize SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing
305. upported by the Delphi or C Builder otherwise it s an AnsiString Its value is equal to the Barcode property if the Clear Draw Size DrawTo syntax 1 DrawToSize syntax 1 Print syntax 1 or PrintSize syntax 1 method is called or a component is updating its barcode symbol And the value of the parameter is equal to the Barcode parameter if the DrawTo syntax 2 DrawToSize syntax 2 Print syntax 2 or PrintSize syntax 2 method is called Note The event doesn t occur when the DrawTo syntax 3 DrawToSize syntax 3 Print syntax 3 or PrintSize syntax 3 method is called C 1 6 OnInvalidChar Occurs if there is any invalid character in the Barcode FIMType Only for TBarcode1D_FIM component PatchType Only for TBarcode1D_ Patch component Tracking Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component or Routing Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component property Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodelD unit TOnInvalidChar procedure Sender TObject Index Integer BarcodeChar Char of object property OnInvalidChar TOnInvalidChar Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called e Index Integer The index position of first invalid character in the Barcode FIMType Only for TBarcode1D FIM component PatchType Only for TBarcode1D_Patch component Tracking Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component or Routing Only for TBarcode1D_OneCode component property the index 1 denotes that the first c
306. vailable only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later The component is used to create the EAN UPC Add On 5 barcode symbol It s defined in the pEAN5 unit The EAN UPC Add On 2 barcode symbology is also known as EAN Supplement 5 Five digit Add On EAN 5 UPC Supplement 5 Five digit Add On UPC 5 etc It is designed to encode information supplementary to that in the main barcode symbol on periodicals hardback and paperback books It may be used specific applications to accompany an EAN 8 EAN 13 UPC A or UPC E including UPC EO and UPC E1 barcodes In general it is positioned following the right Quiet Zone of the main barcode 48 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual symbol And It is often used for the price of books together with the ISBN code Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed 5 digits e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image e Barcode Data Module Height Ratio BarColor SpaceColor Orientation LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShowQuietZoneMark LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi Sani 4 1 25 TBarcode1D_EAN8 Create e OnChange Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Size e
307. veBindings The Delphi 3 4 5 6 7 2005 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder 4 5 6 2006 2007 2009 2010 XE XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle are supported It is visible in design time For Delphi XE2 XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle and C Builder XE3 XE4 XE5 XE6 XE7 XE8 10 Seattle both 3 bit and 64 bit components are included Ability to scale and rotate the barcode symbols Ability to create the EAN UCC composite barcode symbols together with 2D Barcode VCL Components package Optional human readable text is supported 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual All windows fonts can be used for the optional human readable text its fore and background colors can be changed freely Fore and background colors of barcode symbol can be changed freely It s easy to use and it has the excellent functionality It s a very popular barcode components package 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Chapter 2 Installation 2 1 Trial user Installation step by step 1 Before installing the components package please close all Delphi and C Builder IDEs Note for each IDE if it s a clean installation please run it at least once before installing the components package then closes it and continues installation Run the installation file barcode1d_tri exe and then click on the Next button in the installation dialog box
308. ved Controls how to encode an odd number of digits in the TBarcode1D_Code25Interleaved barcode component Syntax type Defined in the pCode25Int unit TCode25InterleavedPadding cipLeft cipRight property Padding TCode25InterleavedPadding Description For the Code 25 Interleaved barcode symbology only an even number of digits can be encoded The property controls how to encode an odd number of digits This property can be one of these values defined in the pCode25int unit e cipLeft It s encoded by adding a 0 as first digit e cipRight It s encoded using five narrow spaces in the last digit A 1 42 PatchType 127 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TBarcode1D_Patch For TBarcode1D_Patch barcode component the property determines which Patch Code patterns to use Syntax type Defined in the pPatch unit TPatchType string property PatchType TPatchType Description For Patch Code barcode symbology there are six patch patterns 1 2 3 4 6 and T that can be used The property determines which Patch Code to use as follows e 1 Creates the Patch Type 1 It can be used for by the host for post scan image control for the i800 i1800 with image addressing Series Scanners they are not used for image addressing e 2 Creates the Patch Type 2 It is used for assigning image level 2 to the current document e 3 Creates the Patch Type 3 It is used for assigning image level
309. vents e Image Create e OnChange Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit SplitText CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode DrawTo BarColor DrawToSize Print SpaceColor Orientation PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing FullEncoded Locked 62 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnInvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later The component is used to create the MSI barcode symbol It s defined in the pMSI unit 4 1 36 TBarcode1D_MSI A The MSI barcode symbology is also known as MSI Plessey Modified Plessey etc It is a variable length numeric 1 only continuous symbology It was developed by the MSI Data Corporation based on the original Plessey Code It is used primarily to mark retail shelves for inventory control 0 Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Continuous Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e
310. vided meaning left to right horizontal direction BarcodeWidth Double Specifies the barcode symbol width before rotation in millimeters If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in the width value F o rTBarcode1D_UPCA TBarcode1D_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCEO TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components if the human readable text is displayed and the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to taCustom the width of quiet zone marks and their horizontal spacing LeftQuietZoneSpacing and RightQuietZoneSpacing are included For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components width of left and right bearer bars BearerWidth left spacing and right spacing are included too If the parameter is provided and isn t zero the value in Module parameter will be ignored the module width will be calculated based on the BarcodeWidth value If the parameter isn t provided or it s set to zero the Module parameter will be used See also the BarcodeWidth property BarcodeHeight Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of the barcode symbol before rotation in millimeters or modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If it exceeds the barcode symbol
311. wTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextPosition field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to the tpBottomin or tpBottomOut and the human readable text exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the Symbol_V_Offset is greater than zero See diagram Symbol_V_Offset 0 wih LEON coo CME gt 2 3 Symbol_v_Offset Symbol_H_Offset Integer It s the horizontal offset from the upper left corner of entire barcode if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess is included to the upper left of the barcode symbol if the human readable text is represented and it exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the excess isn t included in in pixels Draw DrawTo or dots Print In general it is zero When the human readable text is represented if the TextAlignment property for DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it s the TextAlignment field of the BarcodeTextDefine parameter is set to the tpCenter tpRight toCenterQuietZone or tpRightQuietZone and the human readable text exceeds the barcode symbol in horizontal direction the Symbol_H_Offset is greater than zero See diagram vm Symbol_H_Offset uu 000214 KUUR 123456 Symbol_H_Offset 0 Total_Left Integer It s the x coordinate of the upper left corner of entire barcode symbol before the
312. wToSize Print SpaceColor Orientation PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShowGuards FullEncoded Locked pi a The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 16 TBarcode1D_Code39Ext ANIM Ull The Code 39 Extended barcode symbology is also known as Code 39 Full ASCII etc It is an extended version of Code 39 that supports all 128 ASCII characters So with Code 39 Extended you can also code the 26 lower letters a z and other special characters The additional characters e g lower case letters are created using the existing characters of Code 39 by combining two characters each The component is used to create the Code 39 Extended barcode symbol It s defined in the pCode39Ext unit Technical Details e Characters set All 128 ASCII characters ASCII 0 ASCII 127 38 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Length Variable e Code type Linear 1D Discrete Properties Methods Events e Image Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode D
313. will be ignored and they will be set automatically depending on the settings of the 2D barcode component In addition the Height property should be set to a value larger than zero and the Image should not be normally set Technical Details e Characters set 0123456789 e Length Fixed If the property AutoCheckDigit is set to true it s 12 characters othwise 13 characters the check digit can be specified by you e Code type Linear 1D Continuous 46 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data Module Assign e OnlnvalidLength Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar Height Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength Ratio Size e OnDrawText AutoCheckDigit CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode BarColor DrawTo DrawToSize SpaceColor Orientation Print PrintSize LeftMargin TopMargin BarcodeWidth BarcodeHeight Stretch StretchTextHeight DisplayText TextPosition TextAlignment TextFont TextCSpacing TextVSpacing TextHSpacing ShowQuietZoneMark LeftQuietZoneSpacing RightQuietZoneSpacing FullEncoded Locked pi D The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 23 TBarcode1D_EAN2 1 The EAN UPC Add On 2 barcode symbology is also known as EAN Supplement 2 Two digit Add On EAN 2 UPC Supplement gt 2 Two digit Add
314. x property Bidirection Boolean Description Set the property to true in order to create the Plessey Bidirectional barcode symbol And set the property to false to create the Plessey Unidirectional barcode symbol This property is useful only for the TBarcode1D_Plessey barcode component A 1 10 Channel TBarcode1D_Channel Specifies the channel for Channel code barcode symbol Syntax type Defined in the pChannel unit TChannel Byte property Channel TChannel Description The channel is determined to be one more than the number of digits given in the barcode text in the Channel code barcode symbolpgy There are 6 channels from 3 to 8 the barcode can hold numbers from any of the following ranges e Channel 3 0 26 e Channel 4 0 292 e Channel 5 0 3493 e Channel 6 0 44072 e Channel 7 0 576688 e Channel 8 0 7742862 The property specifies the channel for Channel code barcode symbol It can be set to a channel number from 3 to 8 or the 0 If you set it to 0 the channel will be selected automatically base on the barcode text You can use the CurrentChannel property to get the factual channel number Note If the barcode text is out of the number range determined by the channel an OnInvalidLength or OnInvalidDataLength only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later event will occur A 1 11 CheckLength TBarcode1D_EAN128 110 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Specifies the length of the barcode p
315. xt TDisplayText TextPosition TTextPosition TextAlignment TTextAlignment TextFont TFont ExtraFontSize Integer LeftQuietZone Spacing Integer RightQuietZone Spacing Integer LeftQuietZone Width Integer RightQuietZone Width Integer LeftQuietText Height Integer RightQuietText Height Integer Symbol Width Integer Symbol Height Integer Symbol _V_ Offset Integer Symbol _H Offset Integer Total Left Integer Total Top Integer Total Width Integer Total Height Integer end Defined in the pBarcodelD unit TOnDrawBarcode procedure Sender TObject Canvas TCanvas Parameters TBarcodeCustomParameters of object property OnDrawBarcode TOnDrawBarcode Parameters e Sender TObject It is the object whose event handler is called e Canvas TCanvas The target canvas the barcode symbol will be represented in it e BarcodeParameters TBarcodeCustomParameters It contains fields to specify the parameters e g position size etc for the barcode symbol It is defined in the pBarcode1D unit See also the TBarcodeCustomParameters record C 1 4 OnDrawText Occurs at discrete points during the representing either displaying or printing of the human readable text Write an OnDrawText event handler to customize the representing of the human readable text at various stages before it is represented Syntax type Defined in the pBarcodelD unit TBarcodeCustomParameters record Alpha Double Origin
316. y determines whether to automatically switch the character subset and automatically encode the extended ASCII characters base the barcode text of a TBarcode1D_Code128 or TBarcode1D_EAN128 component in order to minimize the symbol size It can be one of these values defined in the pCod128 unit e cemAuto The character subset will be switched automatically base on the barcode text and the extended ASCII characters will be encoded by automatically insert the FNC4 function symbol in order to minimize the symbol size 114 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e cemManual You need to manually switch the character subset and manually insert the FNC4 function symbol in order to encode the all 256 characters of standard and extended ASCII character set by using following function symbols o CODE A Switch to character subset A Please use the escape sequence a to insert the symbol o CODE B Switch to character subset B Please use the escape sequence b to insert the symbol o CODE C Switch to character subset C Please use the escape sequence c to insert the symbol o SHIFT Change the character subset from A to B or B to A for the single character following the SHIFT escape sequence Please use the escape sequence s to place the symbol to barcode text o FNC4 If a single FNC 4 character is used indicates the following data character in the symbol is a extended ASCII character A SHIFT character may follow the FNC
317. yToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e BarColor e DrawTo e SpaceColor e DrawToSize e Orientation e Print e LeftMargin e PrintSize e TopMargin e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e TextHSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi sei The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 20 TBarcode1D_CPCBin The component is used to create the CPC Binary barcode symbol It s defined in the pCPCBin unit The CPC Binary barcode symbology is Canada Post s proprietary symbology used in its automated mail sortation operations It encodes the destination postal code This barcode is used on regular size pieces of mail especially mail sent using Canada Post s Lettermail service This barcode is printed on the lower right hand corner of each faced envelope using a unique ultraviolet fluorescent ink Technical Details 42 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual e Format ANANAN e Characters set A ABCEGHJKLMNPRSTVWXYZ The DFIOQU are invalid characters N 0123456789 e Length Fixed 6 characters e Code type Clocked 1D Continuous e Example L3B4T9 Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Barcode e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar Data e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Module e Clear OnlnvalidDataChar e Height e Draw e Onlnvali
318. yed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to 1 if the Angle is not provided and the barcode symbol will be rotated base on the value of the Orientation property o boLeftRight 0 degrees o boRightLeft 180 degrees o boTopBottom 270 degrees o boBottomTop 90 degrees If you want to use the 1 degrees the 359 degrees can be used instead HDPI Integer Specifies the horizontal resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical horizontal resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be used So if you use the MM_TEXT map mode you can specify it to 0 If you use the MM_ISOTROPIC or MM_ANISOTROPIC map mode and the horizontal units or scaling is changed the parameter is required in order to obtain the correct sizes when the symbol is rotated When the Canvas parameter is set to nil if both HDPI and VDPI are set to 0 it indicates the horizontal resolution is equal to the vertical resolution VDPI Integer Specifies the vertical resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or
319. ymbol in modules This property is useful only for TBarcode1D_ITF6 and the TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components See diagram RightSpacing 1 23 45678 91234 3 A 1 46 Routing TBarcode1D_OneCode Specifies the routing code for the OneCode barcode symbol Syntax property Routing string Description Specifies the routing code for the TBarcode1D_OneCode barcode component The routing code shall consist of the delivery point ZIP 129 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Code The Delivery Point ZIP Code shall be assigned by the mailer for routing the mailpiece The length may be 0 5 9 or 11 digits The allowable encoding ranges shall be no ZIP Code 00000 99999 000000000 999999999 and 00000000000 99999999999 Example 12345 123456789 12345678901 A 1 47 ShortFinder TBarcode1D_Channel Specifies whether to use the shortened finder pattern in a Channel code barcode symbol Syntax property ShortFinder Boolean Description For the TBarcode1D_Channel barcode component the property specifies whether to use the shortened finder pattern A 1 48 ShowGuards TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcode1D_UPU TBarcode1D_Code32 etc Specifies whether to display the left and right guard characters start character and stop character Syntax property ShowGuards Boolean Description F or TBarcode1D_Code39 TBarcodeiD Code39Ext TBarcodeiD_UPU TBarcodeiD PZN and TBarcode1D_Code
320. yntax 2 DrawToSize Syntax 2 Print Syntax 2 PrintSize Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later DrawToSize Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later Print Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later PrintSize Syntax 3 only for Delphi C Builder 2009 or later For DrawTo Syntax 2 DrawTo Syntax 3 Print Syntax 2 and Print Syntax 3 methods it specifies how to present the human readable text For DrawToSize Syntax 2 DrawToSize Syntax 3 PrintSize Syntax 2 and PrintSize Syntax 3 methods it s used to calculate the size of the human readable text and the width of quiet zone marks only for TBarcodeiD_UPCA TBarcodeiD_UPCE TBarcode1D_UPCE0 TBarcode1D_UPCE1 TBarcode1D_EAN2 TBarcode1D_EAN5 TBarcode1D_EAN8 and TBarcode1D_EAN13 barcode components For the DrawToSize Syntax 2 and DrawToSize Syntax 3 methods if the Canvas parameter isn t provided or its value is nil this record will be ignored Syntax type Defined in the pCorel1D unit TDisplayText dtNone dtBarcode dtFullEncoded 94 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextPosition tpTopIn tpTopOut tpBottomIn tpBottomOut Defined in the pCorelD unit TTextAlignment taLeft taCenter taRight taJustify taLeftQuietZone taCenterQuietZone taRightQuietZone taJustifyQuietZone taCustom Defined in the pCorel1D unit TBarcodeT
321. you use the EAN128 component together with the CC A CC B orCC C 2D component that is in the 2D Barcode VCL Components package the property will be set automatically depending on the 2D component A 1 33 Locked Set the property to true to prevents updating of the barcode component until the property is reset to false Syntax property Locked Boolean 123 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Description Set the property to true before making multiple changes to the barcode component When all changes are complete change the property to false so that the changes can be reflected on screen It prevents excessive redraws and speed processing time when change the barcode component Set the property to True is similar to BeginUpdate method of a other Delphi C Builder control such as a ListBox Memo TreeList ListView and set the property to False is similar to its EndUpdate method A 1 34 Mod11Weighting TBarcode1D_MSI Controls which repeated weighting factor patterns will be used to calculate the Mod 11 check digit in the TBarcode1D_MSI barcode component Syntax type Defined in the pMSI unit TMod11Weighting mwIBM mwNCR property ModllWeighting TModllWeighting Description For TBarcode1D_MSI barcode component the Mod 11 check digit algorithm uses one of two different repeated weighting factor patterns for calculating a check digit The property specifies which repeated weighting factor patterns wi
322. ype Clocked 1D Continuous e Example Tracking 20702123456789012345 Routing 12345678901 64 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual Properties Methods Events e Image e Create e OnChange e Tracking e Destroy e OnlnvalidChar e Routing e Assign e OnlnvalidLength e Data e Clear e OnlnvalidDataChar e Module e Draw e OnlnvalidDataLength e Height e Size e OnDrawText e BarColor e CopyToClipboard e OnDrawBarcode e SpaceColor e DrawTo e Orientation e DrawToSize e LeftMargin e Print e TopMargin e PrintSize e BarcodeWidth e BarcodeHeight e Stretch e StretchTextHeight e DisplayText e SplitText e TextPosition e TextAlignment e TextFont e TextCSpacing e TextVSpacing e FullEncoded e Locked pi S The Data property OnInvalidDataLength and OnlnvalidDataChar events are available only for the Delphi C Builder 2009 or later 4 1 38 TBarcode1D_Patch The component is used to create the Patch Code It s defined in the pPatch unit A Patch Code is a pattern of parallel alternating black bars and spaces that is printed on a document Kodak Scanners which have Patch Code reading capability can recognize patch documents and automatically assign a document image level increment the document image address or perform Color on the Fly functionality The following six codes are in use e Patch 1 Patch Type 1 can be used by the host for post scan image control for the i800 i1800 with image addressing Series Scanners t
323. ze 9 BarcodelD Code391 Print 20 20 1234567890 True clBlack clWhite TextDefine 2 0 3 finally Font1 Free end Print other content Printer EndDoc end or var 1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual TextDefine TBarcodeTextDefine begin Printer BeginDoc Print other content with Barcode1D Code391 do begin Ratio 2 AutoCheckDigit True BarColor clBlack SpaceColor clWhite DisplayText dtBarcode TextPosition tpBottomOut TextAlignment taJustify TextFont Name Comic Sans MS TextFont Size 9 Barcode 1234567890 Print 20 20 03y end Print other content Printer EndDoc end 3 9 How to save a barcode symbol to picture file Please use the SaveToFile method of the Timage control that is linked to a TBarcode1D barcode component to save the barcode symbol as a picture file For example Imagel Picture Bitmap SaveToFile C barcode bmp 3 10 How to encode the UNICODE text in a Code128 EAN128 symbol By default the text will be encoded in ANSI ecnoding sheme you can use other encoding scheme such as the UTF 8 UTF 16LE UTF 16BE etc Note the feature isn t supported by almost barcode scanners e For Delphi C Builder 2007 or early Method 1 please convert the text to your encoding scheme then assign it to the Barcode property of the barcode component The BOM may be placed depending on your application And then create the OnDe
324. zontal direction it is the width of the smallest bar or space in the barcode symbol If the parameter isn t provided or it is set to zero the value of Module property will be used See also the Module property Height Integer Specifies the distance between the top and bottom of a barcode symbol in modules If the human readable text is displayed the height of the human readable text and its vertical spacing TextVSpacing are included If the parameter isn t provided or its value is set to zero the value of Height property will be used For TBarcode1D_ITF6 TBarcode1D_ITF14 and TBarcode1D_ITF16 barcode components the height of the top and bottom bearer bars BearerWidth are included too If the human readable text is displayed and it exceeds the barcode symbol in vertical direction the excess isn t included See also the Height property Note If the parameter is less than zero its absolute value specifies the height in logical dots or pixels in the vertical direction Angle Integer Specifies an angle in degrees to rotate the barcode symbol It defaults to O if the Angle is not provided meaning left to right horizontal direction HDPI Integer Specifies the horizontal resolution of canvas in logical DPI It s the number of logical dots or pixels per inch It defaults to 0 if the HDPI is not provided If it is set to less than or equal to zero the physical horizontal resolution obtained from the Canvas parameter will be u

1D Barcode VCL Components User Manual - Han-soft

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents